UNDERGRADUATES’ GUIDE Academic year 2011/2012 FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Information contained in this Undergraduates’ Guide is accurate as at September 2012.
The Faculty of Islamic Studies and Arabic Language reserves the rights to change any information given herein as it considers appropriateness, without prior notice. Z https://www.seu.ac.lk FINAL PROOF FINAL PROOF Contents
Vision of the University vii Mission of the University vii Vision of the Faculty viii Mission of the Faculty viii Message from the Vice Chancellor ix
Message from the Dean x
1 INTRODUCTIONy TO SEUSL 01 2 AUTHORITIESy OF THE UNIVERSITY 03 2.1 Ministry / Minister of Higher Education 03 2.2 University Grants Commission (UGC) 03 2.3 The Council 03 2.4 The Senate 04 2.5 The Chancellor 04 2.6 The Vice Chancellor 04 2.7 The Dean 04 2.8 The Registrar 05 2.9 The Bursar 05 2.10 The Librarian 05 2.11 Officers of the University 06 Z FINAL PROOF III Contents
INTRODUCTION TO FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES 5.4 Is attendance for teaching sessions important 23 3 y AND ARABIC LANGUAGE 07 5.5 What if a candidate misses the first attempt? 23 3.1 Organizational Structure 07 5.6 Re-sitting for examination 24 3.2 The Faculty Board 08 5.7 What is the maximum period to complete a 3.3 Faculty Board Members 08 degree programme? 24 3.4 Faculty Administrative Staff 09 5.8 What to do if a student falls sick during 3.5 Departmental Academic Staff 10 Examination? 25 3.6 Non Academic Staff 14 5.9 What to do if a student falls sick during academic
session? 25 4 STUDYy PROGRAMME 15 5.10 What is a valid Medical Certificate? 25 4.1 Introduction 15 5.11 Can a Special Needs Student extend the 4.2 Medium of instruction 15 Allocated Time in an Exam? 25
4.3 Course unit system 15 6 y 4.4 Course Notation 15 EVALUATION CRITERIA 26 4.5 Degree Program and Course Scheme 17 6.1 Introduction 26 4.6 Selection Criteria for Special Degree Programme 21 6.2 Theory course units 26 4.7 Changing from Special Degree to 22 6.3 Dissertation 26 General Degree 6.4 General Criteria for submission of dissertation 27
6.5 Undergraduate Colloquium 28 5 EXAMINATIONy CRITERIA 23 6.6 Scheme of grading 28 5.1 When are examinations held? 23 6.7 Calculation of Grade Point Average (GPA) 28 5.2 Who are eligible to sit for examinations? 23 6.8 Releasing of Examination Results 29 5.3 Is it necessary to apply to sit for examination 23 z IV FINAL PROOF
Contents
y 7 AWARDy OF DEGREE 31 9 GENERAL INFORMATION 219 7.1 BA (General) Degree - Requirements of 31 9.1 Student Registration 219 Graduation 9.2 Subject Registration 219 7.2 BA General Degree - Requirements for 31 9.3 Issue of Student Record Book and Identity Card 219 Honors Degree 9.4 Renewal of Registration 220 7.3 BA Special Degree - Requirement for Graduation 32 9.5 Basic structure for selecting course of study 220 7.4 BA Special Degree - Requirement for 32 9.6 Payments for Registration 220 Honors Degree
9.7 Facilities and Services 221
7.5 Prizes and Scholarships 33 7.6 The effective date of Degree 33 10 EXAMINATIONSy RULES AND PUNISHMENTS 224
10.1 By-Law No. 2 of 1996 for Conduct at 8 FIELDy OF STUDY AND LIST COURSE UNITS 34 Examinations 224 8.1 Course Structure 34 10.2 Procedure for inquiry and determination of 8.2 Type 1: The major field of study punishment due to those found guilty of (Department of Islamic Studies) 34 examination offences: 226 8.3 Type 1: The major field of study 10.3 Punishments for Examination Offences 226 (Department of Arabic Language) 85 8.4 Type 2: Minor Field of Study 130 8.5 Type 3: Compulsory 193 8.6 Type 4: Elective courses 193 8.7 List of Elective Courses 193 8.8 Type 5: Auxiliary Course 212 8.9 Type 6: Supportive and Non-credit courses 218 Z FINAL PROOF V FINAL PROOF ZVII “South Eastern University “South Eastern Administration Block” Mission To provide expanded opportunities for higher expanded opportunities provide To through learning of international standards and generation and dissemination of knowledge focused on regional and national innovations stakeholders’ needs, social harmony and and satisfaction empowerment OF THE UNIVERSITY PROOF
FINAL
technologies and humanities Vision An internationally renowned center in An internationally renowned center South Asia of higher learning for sciences, South Asia of higher learning for OF THE UNIVERSITY UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Vision Mission OF THE FACULTY OF THE FACULTY
To be an internationally renowned centre To be an internationally renowned centre for for excellence in Islamic and Arabic Studies. integrating islamic and arabic studies in to relevant discipline to produce employable graduates, improve the quality and innovation in teaching, learning and research satisfying the stakeholders while contributing to society, region and nation. z VIII FINAL PROOF MESSAGE FROM THE Vice Chancellor
I am delighted to welcome all the This is an important time of your life. You are about to embark students to the Faculty of Islamic on a higher education journey that is quite unlike any other, one Studies and Arabic Language, which is the that will be challenging at times, but will lead you to your ultimate only faculty in Sri Lankan higher educational institutes to offer destination; your professional career. While it is important that degree courses in Islamic Studies and Arabic Language. your first priority be your academic studies, we encourage you to get involved in different extra-curricular This undergraduate guide provides you a pathway to the undergraduate courses at the faculty. This guide is designed to activities in the faculty as well as the university. Our diverse give you information and advice to make your study decisions co-curricular activities and programs provide personal and easier. Decisions about specialisations and course selection leadership development opportunities for every student. require careful consideration. Hence, this guide will help you plan I believe you’ll find the South Eastern University of Sri Lanka your degree - from your first to final year. exciting, stimulating and a supportive place to shape your future. Faculty of Islamic Studies and Arabic Language has the capacity I wish you all the best in your future study and subsequent to attract students nationally and internationally. The recent careers. addition of new courses like Islamic Banking and Finance and Islamic Law into the curricula is an innovative change in the path of the development. In addition, English language and IT skills Dr.SM. Mohamed Ismail are given due consideration in making the academic programme Vice Chancellor as the most comprehensive and suitable for the job market. South Eastern University of Sri Lanka Z FINAL PROOF IX Dean, Language, Faculty of Islamic Studies and Arabic Oluvil. of Sri Lanka, South Eastern University Mr. ABM. Aliyar Mr. A Bachelor of Arts Degree in the field of Islamic Studies and Degree in the field of Islamic Studies A Bachelor of Arts provide this renowned institution will not only Arabic Language at for extra- curricular but also open avenues academic excellence horizons, build confidence and broaden your activities that will thought have may never you heights which to achieve inspire you could. you members of the faculty for the co-operation While thanking the I for the continued success of the faculty, and concerted effort university students the best of luck to enjoy your you, Wish career. PROOF FINAL MESSAGE FROM THE FROM MESSAGE Dean In the name of Allah, most Gracious In the name of Allah, great I have and most Merciful. faculty to the you pleasure to welcome and Arabic of Islamic Studies X The prospect of coming to University is exciting and choosing the is exciting The prospect of coming to University need to decision you right career is one of the most important gain an surely help you make. This undergraduate guide will future. The for your insight to make the best possible choice with a team of range of course units of an extensive availability quality education in order dedicated Staff is committed to ensure and a modern you provide to produce intellectual scholars and Knowledge and the skills, dynamic environment to develop chosen career. accomplishment of your Language. With a very short rich history, this groundbreaking short rich history, a very Language. With faculty in in being the only established institution stands unique The faculty System. Sri Lankan University this field in the entire in teaching Islamic studies excellence hard for Academic strives in order perspectives and Arabic Language, and to retain multiple to promote public understanding. z 1 Introductiony to SOUTH EASTERN UNIVERSITY OF SRI LANKA (SEUSL)
The establishment of the South Eastern University of Sri Lanka was already (SEUSL) and its predecessor, the South Eastern University keen to College of Sri Lanka (SEUCSL), no doubt fulfills the long felt needs expand University education to the less developed regions, of the people of the South Eastern region. The birth of the South recognized the need for immediate relief. Eastern University of Sri Lanka also coincided with more positive It was under such circumstances that the South Eastern thinking and policy of the Government to broad-base University University College of Sri Lanka (SEUCSL) was established by an education further, by extending it to the periphery and less order through Gazette Notification No. 88/9 of 26 July, 1995 made developed regions in the country, such as the South Eastern by the then Minister of Education and Higher Education, Hon. Dr. region. However, it was due to certain special and unfortunate Richard Pathirana, MP, under the provisions of section 24A of circumstances in the country caused by the civil unrest in the the University Act No. 16 of 1978 as amended by Act No. 7 of North and East of the country, which actually hastened its 1985. Professor MLA. Cader from the University of Peradeniya establishment. was appointed as the Director of the University College with the The affected Mulsim students took up their problems to Late onerous task of starting from scratch and providing immediate Leader of the Sri Lanka Muslim Congress (SLMC) Hon. Dr. MHM. relief to the displaced students. Ashraff, PC, MP, Minister of Ports, Shipping, Rehabilitation and By October 1995, with basic facilities and nuclear staff, action Reconstruction, who promptly took up their case with the was taken to commence academic activities in a part of the Government to find a lasting solution. The Government, which Z FINAL PROOF 1 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
premises of the Government Teachers’ Training College at In 1997, the Faculty of Applied Sciences was established at Addalaichenai. On 23rd October 1995, the University College was Sammanthurai with the first batch of students from the Academic formally inaugurated by Hon. Dr. Richard Pathirana and Hon. Dr. Year 1997/98. On May 1998, Faculty of Arts and Culture and MHM. Ashraff, with a batch of 33 students belonging to the Faculty of Management and Commerce, the main University 1992/1993 academic year, who had already completed their first Library and most of the offices were shifted from Addalaichenai year of studies at the Eastern University. to Oluvil.
By an order made by the Hon. Minister of Education & Higher The Faculty of Islamic Studies and Arabic Language (FIA) was Education by Gazette Notification 916/7 of 27th March 1996, the established on 18th October 2005 as the only faculty of this South Eastern University College became the 10th National nature in Sri Lankan University System. This faculty is located at University of Sri Lanka under the corporate name of South the main site of the University at Oluvil and operating with two Eastern University of Sri Lanka and Professor Cader was departments namely Department of Islamic Studies and appointed as the founder Vice Chancellor of this University. The Department of Arabic Language from its inception. South Eastern University of Sri Lanka thus commenced its At present, the university consists of nine academic departments. activities as a full-fledged University from 15th May, 1996. Each department consists of several units based on the number The South Eastern University of Sri Lanka commenced its of subjects offered. There are 32 academic units in the entire academic programs under two Faculties, namely, the Faculty of university. The SEUSL conducts Bachelor’s degree programmes, Arts and Culture and the Faculty of Management and Commerce both General and Special postgraduate degree program and at Addalaichenai, sharing the premises of the Government many Diploma and Certificate courses. Some Bachelor’s degree Teachers’ Training College while the construction work of its programmes are also offered as external degrees. At present, permanent seat at Oluvil where 220 acres of land has been the SEUSL has about 2000 internal students and around 5000 acquired and was in progress. external students. z 2 FINAL PROOF
“South Eastern University Administration Block” 2 Authoritiesy OF THE UNIVERSITY
2.1. Ministry / Minister of Higher Education
The Minister shall be responsible for the General Direction of University Education and the administration of the The University Grants Commission shall consist of Universities Act. The Minister may from time to time issue Chairman, Vice Chairman and five other members, all of to the Commission such general written direction as he may whom shall be appointed by the President of the country deem necessary in pursuance of National Policy in matters for a term of five years. such as finance, University places and medium of instruction. 2.3. The Council
2.2. University Grants Commission (UGC) The Council of a University shall be the executive body and Governing Authority of the University and shall consist of University Grants Commission is a regulating body that Vice Chancellor, Deans of Faculties, two members elected plans, implements and coordinates Higher Education policy by the Senate from its members and persons appointed by of the Government in accordance with National Policy. The the University Grants Commission. The Chairman of the University Grants Commission shall be responsible for the Council shall be the Vice Chancellor who shall preside over allocation of funds to Higher Educational Institutions and the meeting of the Council. If the Chairman is unable to monitoring the expenditure of each Higher Educational preside the meeting, the meeting shall be presided by a Institution, and maintenance of higher academic standards. member to be-elected by the members present. Z FINAL PROOF 3 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
The council without prejudice to the generality of the 2.6. The Vice Chancellor powers conferred upon it by the University Act will discharge such powers and duties to hold, control and The Vice Chancellor of a University shall be appointed by administer the property and funds of the University. the President of the Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka for a term of three years who shall be the principal Executive and Academic Officer thereof. He or she shall be 2.4. The Senate an ex-officio member and Chairman of both the Council and A University shall have a Senate, which is the academic the Senate. The Vice Chancellor is entitled to convene, be authority of the University. The Senate of the University present, and speak at, any meeting of any other authority shall consist of Vice Chancellor, Deans of Faculties, Rector of the University or other body. Vice chancellor is also the of each campus, Heads of Departments of Study, Accounting officer of the University and responsible for the Permanent Professors, Librarian and two teachers elected execution of policies and measures approved by the by each Faculty Board. The Senate will decide on the Council in relation to the University and, subject to such conduct of all the academic programmes including the policies, the direction, supervision and control of the examination in the University and award of degree. University, including its administration, and for the maintenance of discipline within the university. 2.5. The Chancellor 2.7. The Dean His Excellency, the President of the Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka will nominate the Chancellor of each There shall be a Dean of each Faculty who shall be a full University who shall be the Head of the university, hold time officer of the University and the Academic and office for a period of five years reckoned from the date of Administrative Head of that Faculty. his nomination, and shall preside at any convocation of the The Dean shall be elected by the Faculty Board from University. among the Heads of the Departments of study comprising such Faculty for a term of three years. The Dean is the ex officio Chairman of the Faculty Board and an ex officio z 4 FINAL PROOF 2 Authoritiesy QQQQ OF THE UNIVERSITY
member of the Council and Senate. The Dean shall subject discharges such duties and functions while being to the provisions of any appropriate instrument, hold office responsible for the custody of the funds of the University for a period of three years reckoned from the date of his and its administration. election.
2.8. The Registrar
The Registrar of a University shall be appointed by the Council upon the recommendation of a selection committee. The Registrar shall be the full time officer of the University and shall exercise, perform and discharge such powers, duties and functions as may be conferred or imposed on or assigned to him by University Act or by any other appropriate instrument. Registrar is responsible for the custody of the records and the property of the University and shall be the ex-officio Secretary of the Council and the Senate. He is also the Assistant Accounting Officer of the University and shall subject to the direction and control of the Vice Chancellor, be responsible for the 2.10 The Librarian general administration of the University and the disciplinary control of its non-academic staff. The Librarian is appointed by the Council who, subject to the direction and control of the Vice Chancellor, discharges 2.9. The Bursar such duties and functions. He / She shall be a fulltime officer of the University and shall be responsible for the The Bursar shall be appointed by the Council. The Bursar administration of the libraries and ex-officio member of the shall, subject to the direction and control of the Registrar, Senate. Z FINAL PROOF 5 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
2.11. Officers of the University Dean / Faculty of Applied Sciences: Dr. MIS. Safeena Vice Chancellor: BSc (Hons) (UPDN); MSc (UPDN); PhD (UPDN) Dr. SM. Mohamed Ismail Telephone : 067 2260465, Fax: 067 2260465 MSc. (Donetsk); PhD (Kiev); Email : [email protected] Commonwealth Fellow (Bradford,UK) Telephone : 067 2255138, Mobile: 0777777474 Registrar: Fax : 067 2255066 Mr. H. Abdul Saththar Email : [email protected], [email protected] B.A (UPDN), PG Dip in Business & Financial Administration (CISL), PG Dip in Education (NIE), Dean / Faculty of Islamic Studies and Arabic Language: Master of Human Resource Planning and Mr. ABM. Aliyar Development (India) B.A.(Hons)(UPDN), B.A.(Hons)(K.S.A.), M.A. (UKM) Telephone : 067 2255168, Fax: 067 2255168 Telephone : 067 2255127, 0772849466 Email : [email protected] Fax : 067 2255127 Email : [email protected], Librarian: [email protected] Mr. MM. Rifaudeen BSc (Hons.) (EUSL); MLS (UCBO); ASLLA Dean / Faculty of Arts and Culture: Telephone : 067 2255160, Fax: 067 2255160 Mr. M.A. Jabbar Email : [email protected] BA(Hons.)(UPDN), MPhil (UPDN) Telephone : 067 2255068, Fax: 067 2255068 Acting Bursar: Email : [email protected] Mr. KLM. Nazeer, HNDA (SL), SAT (SL), ICA (licentiate), Certified Business Dean / Faculty of Management and Commerce: Accountant-ICASL Mrs. Sareena UMA. Gaffoor Telephone : 067 2255169, Fax: 067 2255169 BBA (Hons.)(UJA), M.Sc.(Mgt)(USJP), CTHE (COL) Email : [email protected] Telephone : 067 2255069, Fax: 067 2255069
z Email : [email protected], 6 FINAL PROOF Z7 the Faculty of Islamic Studies and Arabic Language The Faculty of Islamic Studies and Arabic Language presently Studies and Arabic Language The Faculty of Islamic of Islamic Studies and the Department consist of the Department and and offers Bachelor of Arts General of Arabic Language of present, Faculty specialization areas. At Special Degree with 405 and Arabic Language has about Islamic Studies parts of the country. various undergraduates from 3.1. Organizational Structure of of the Faculty of activities The academic and administrative the Dean by are governed Islamic Studies and Arabic Language of studies shall come The Departments and Units of the Faculty. Head shall be responsible under the purview of the Dean. The and other of teaching, research, examination for the development Heads of academic matters of the departments. relevant and they Chancellor Vice Departments are appointed by the An Assistant Registrar report directly to the Dean of the Faculty. Dean and the Faculty’s attached to the Faculty assists the activities. administrative PROOF
FINAL
y Introduction to the to Introduction (FIA) LANGUAGE AND ARABIC ISLAMIC STUDIES OF FACULTY 3 The core objectives of this faculty is producing Graduates with of this faculty is producing The core objectives to training them well good quality of humanity and fellowship, to be with compassion, and guiding them practice love vision of greatness fellowmen capable of adopting a penetrating as an approach to mixed with attitudes of peace and harmony and being values social problem. Recognition of human the society. considered are the present needs of Former deputy Minister and Member of Parliament of Ampara Former deputy Minister and Member Dr. Chancellor Ismail and former Vice MI. Anver District Late Mr. this important roles to establish very Hussain Ismail played AG. faculty. The Faculty of Islamic Studies and Arabic Language is one of the Studies and Arabic Language is The Faculty of Islamic of Sri Lanka. It was Eastern University four faculties of South the 2005 as a new faculty to promote established in October aren’t and Arabic Language since there fields of Islamic Studies nature found in the Sri Lankan University any faculty of this System. UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
3.2. The Faculty Board 3.3 Faculty Board Members • Mr. ABM. Aliyar – Dean/Chairman The Faculty Board shall exercise and perform such duties and • Dr. MIM. Jazeel – Head / Islamic Studies functions, subject to the control of the Senate in regulating matters connected with teaching, examination and research in • Mr. MHA. Munas – Head / Arabic Language the Faculty. The Chairman of the Faculty Board shall be the Dean. • Mr. MSM. Jalaldeen – Member If the Chairman is unable to preside over a meeting, the members • Mr. SMM. Mazahir – Member present shall elect a Head of a Department to preside the • Dr. SMM. Nafees – Member meeting. The Faculty Board shall consist of the Dean, all Professors, Associate Professors, Senior Lecturers, Lecturers, • Ms. ARFS. Farwin – Member Lecturers (Probationary) (two elected members), Instructors (two • Dr. ALA. Gafoor – External Member elected members), two students elected by the students of the • Mr. MI. Ameer – External Member Faculty from among their number, three persons not being • Mr. ALM. Hashim (Ghafoori) – External Member members of the staff of the University elected by the Faculty Board among persons of eminence in the areas of study relevant • Students Representatives – Two students elected by to the Faculty. the students of the Faculty from among their number • Mr. ARM. Mahir – Secretary Assistant Registrar z 8 FINAL PROOF 3 Introductiony to the FACULTY OF QQQQ ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA) 3.4 FACULTY ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
u Dean Mr. ABM. Aliyar B.A.(Hons)(UPDN), B.A.(Hons)(K.S.A.), M.A. (UKM) Telephone : 067 2255127, 0772849466 Fax : 067 2255127 Email : [email protected], [email protected] u v v Head/ Department of Islamic Studies Dr. MIM. Jazeel B.A. (Hons), MA.(UPDN), P.hd (UKM) Senior Lecturer (Gr- II) Tel : 067 2255079 Mob : 0777636051 E-mail : [email protected]
w Head/ Department of Arabic Language Mr. MHA. Munas B.A.(Hons) (SEUSL), M.A.(UKM, Malaysia) w x Senior Lecturer (Gr.-II) Tel : 067 2255143 Mob : 0772226131 E-mail : [email protected]
x Assistant Registrar Mr. ARM. Mahir B.A. (SEUSL) Telephone : 0672255385 Mob : 0718035178 Z FINAL PROOF 9 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
3.5 DEPARTMENTAL ACADEMIC STAFF Department of Islamic Studies
Head 1 Dr. MIM. Jazeel 5 Mr. RA. Sarjoon B.A. (Hons), MA.(UPDN), B.A.(Hons)(SEUSL), M.A (UPDN), 1 5 P.hd (UKM) PGDM (SEUSL) Senior Lecturer (Gr.- II) Lecturer (Prob)
2 Mr. SMM. Mazahir 6 Mr. HMA. Hilmy B.A.(Hons)(UPDN), M. Phil.(UPDN), B.A (Hons) (SEUSL) PG. Dip. in Teaching Arabic (KSU, Riyadh) Lecturer (Prob) 2 6 Senior Lecturer (Gr.-II) 7 Mr. KM. Rifthy 3 Dr. SMM. Nafees B.Sc.(Hons) in ICT (Vau-Jfn) L.L.B.(Col), L.L.M. (IIUM), Ph.D(IIUM) Lecturer (Prob) Senior Lecturer (Gr.- II) 8 Mr. MSA. Riyad Rooly 4 Mr. MHM. Nairoos BBA (Hons) (SEUSL), MBA (USJ), 3 7 B.A. (Hons) (SEUSL), MA. (UPDN) ACMA, ACPM Lecturer (Prob.) Lecturer (Prob)
4 8 z 10 FINAL PROOF QQQQ
Z11
FACULTY OF FACULTY Introduction to the Introduction y ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA) (FIA) LANGUAGE AND ARABIC STUDIES ISLAMIC 3 PROOF B.A.(Hons)(SEUSL), MA (UPDN) B.A.(Hons)(SEUSL), Lecturer Assistant Temporary Ms. JF.Minsara B.A.(Hons)(SEUSL) Lecturer Assistant Temporary Ms. MI. Rinosa B.A.(Hons)(SEUSL) Assistant Lecturer Temporary Mrs. M.S. Izzath Rumaiza B.A.(Hons)(SEUSL) Assistant Lecturer Temporary Ms. MS. Ismiya Begum Ismiya Ms. MS. 9 12 11 10 FINAL 9 11 10 12 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Department of Arabic Language
Head 1 Mr. MHA. Munas 5 Mrs. MCS. Sathifa B.A.(Hons) (SEUSL), B.A.(Hons) (SEUSL) M.A.(UKM, Malaysia) Lecturer (Prob.) 1 5 Senior Lecturer (Gr.-II) 6 Mr. AR. Nasar (Falahi) 2 Mr. ABM. Aliyar B.A. (Hons) (SEUSL) B.A.(Hons) (UPDN), B.A. (Hons.) Lecturer (Prob) (IMS, Riyadh) M.A.(UKM, Malaysia) 7 Ms. ARF. Shahika Farwin 2 6 Senior Lecturer (Gr.-II) B.A. (Hons) (SEUSL) Lecturer (Prob) 3 Mr. MSM. Jalaldeen B.A.(Hons)(UPDN), M. Phil. (UPDN) 8 Mr. FHA. Shibly Senior Lecturer (Gr.-I) B.B.A.(Hons) in Information System (SEUSL) 4 Mr. AM. Razick Lecturer (Prob) 3 7 B.A.(Hons) (SEUSL), M.A (Cairo) Lecturer (Prob.)
4 8 z 12 FINAL PROOF QQQQ
Z13
FACULTY OF FACULTY Introduction to the Introduction y ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA) (FIA) LANGUAGE AND ARABIC STUDIES ISLAMIC Ms. ARF. Begum Ms. ARF. (Col) B.A.(Hons) (Prob) Lecturer Habeebullah MT. Mr. B.A.(Hons), M.A.(UPDN), M.A.(Sudan), PGDE Lecturer Assistant Temp. Ms. MAU. Rooman B.A (Hons) (SEUSL) Lecturer Asst. Temporary 3 13 14 15 PROOF B.A.(Hons), M.A. in English B.A.(Hons), Linquistics (Prob) Lecturer SI. Nimsith Mr. B.B.A.(Hons)(SEUSL), PGDM (SEUSL) Lecturer (Prob) Irfan MIM. Mr. B.A.(Hons)(SEUSL) Lecturer (Prob) Minnathul Suheera Ms. MY. B.A.(Hons)(SEUSL) Lecturer (Prob) Ms. S. Rifa Mahroof Ms. S. Rifa 9 12 10 11 FINAL 15 13 14 9 12 11 10 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
3.6 NON ACADEMIC STAFF
1 Mr. AGM. Jakeypher 4 Mr. SA. Abdul Rahuman Staff Assistant Labourer
1 5 2 Mr. KLA. Majeed 5 Mr. MHM. Jazeem Clerk Labourer
3 Mr. AR. Aslam Zihan 3 Mr. S. Sathiyarasa Computer Application Assistant Labourer (Ad - hoc) 2 6
3 6 z 14 FINAL PROOF Z15 A particular course unit is denoted by an alphanumeric code. The A particular course unit is denoted by by 03 letters. The first 02 code consists of 05 numerals prefixed course unit and the 3rd letters refer to the subject area of the whether it is a main (M), indicates the type of course unit i.e. (A) course. The 1st (E) or auxiliary compulsory (C), elective denotes the the 2nd numeral numeral denotes the level, 4.3 Course Unit System System are conducted on a Course Unit The degree programmes is assigned credits, a time based quantitative where each course of lectures or 30-45 to 15 hours measure. A Credit is equivalent of a credit weight The hours of practical/research/field work. based on the lecture hours course unit may be either 01 or more or hours of practical. Notation 4.4 Course PROOF
FINAL
Study Programmes Study y
8 weeks 8 weeks 1 week Activities Academic 7 weeks Mid-semester Vacation 2 weeks Activities Academic 2 weeks Study Leave Examinations End-semester 4 The medium of instruction at FIA shall be Tamil, Arabic and shall be Tamil, The medium of instruction at FIA English. 4.2 Medium of Instruction The study programme is based on semester system and an and is based on semester system The study programme of 02 semesters. A semester consists comprises academic year calendar of a of academic activities. The academic of 15 weeks semester is usually as follows. 4.1 Introduction academic a general degree programme of 03 The faculty offers degree programmes of 04 academic duration and special years’ duration. years IB M 1IB M 2 03 3 LT M 1 1 01 3 Semester -1 Number assigned to the course unit Number of credits - 3 Subject area – Islamic Banking Subject area course – Main of Type -1 Level Semester -2 to the course unit Number assigned – 3 Number of credits Subject area – Linguistics and Translation of course – Main Type -1 Level 1 3 1 1 2 3 01 IB M 03 LT M Example : 01 Example : 02 PROOF FINAL – Political Science – Political – English – Sociology – Tamil – Linguistics & Translation General – Language – and Finance Accountancy – Economics – Islamic Law – Islamic – & Finance Islamic Banking – Language and Literature – Islamic Culture – Islamic PS EL SO TL LT LG AF EC IL IB LL IC 16 The notation used for main subject areas are given below. given subject areas are used for main The notation semester, the 3rd and 4th indicates the number assigned to the the number the 3rd and 4th indicates semester, the 5th indicates concerned and by the department course unit of that course unit. value the credit z 4 Studyy Programmes QQQQ
Example : 03 SH A 1 1 01 2 4.5 Degree Programmes and Course scheme
The Faculty offers the following degree programs: SH Subject area – Peace and Social Harmony a. BA General Degree in Islamic Studies A Type of course – Auxillary b. BA Special Degree in Islamic Studies 1 Level -1 c. BA General Degree in Arabic Language 1 Semester -1 d. BA Special Degree in Arabic Language 01 Number assigned to the course unit 2 Number of credits - 2 4.5.1 Bachelor of Arts (General) Degree The Bachelor of Arts (General) Degree has been designed to fulfill the requirements of the students who wish to complete their degree programs within three academic years (six semesters) Example : 04 PH E 1 1 01 2 and receive a broad knowledge in several subjects of their interest. PH Subject area – Critical Thinking and Scientific Method In order to earn a Bachelor of Arts (General) Degree, a student E Type of course – Elective must complete minimum of 90 credits as tabulated below 1 Level -1 1 Semester -1 01 Number assigned to the course unit 2 Number of credits - 2 Z FINAL PROOF 17 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Table 4.5.1: Bachelor of Arts (General) Degree BA General Degree in Islamic Studies BA Special Degree in Islamic Studies Total Total Total Total Main Main Level Level Elective Elective Auxiliary Auxiliary Semester Semester Maximum Maximum Non Credit Non Credit Compulsory Compulsory 1 1942211718 1 1942211718 2942 11516 2942 11516 2 1942211718 2 1942211718 2942 1515 2942 1515 3 19422 1717 3 19422 1717 2942 1515 2942 1515 Total 54 24 12 6 3 96 99 4 115 1515 216 1616 Total 85 24 12 6 3 127 130 z 18 FINAL PROOF 4 Studyy Programmes QQQQ
BA General Degree in Arabic Language BA Special Degree in Arabic Language Total Total Total Total Main Main Level Level Elective Elective Auxiliary Auxiliary Semester Semester Maximum Maximum Non Credit Non Credit Compulsory Compulsory 1 1942211718 1 1942211718 2942 11516 2942 11516 2 1942211718 2 1942211718 2942 1515 2942 1515 3 19422 1717 3 19422 1717 2942 1515 2942 1515 Total 54 24 12 6 3 96 99 4 115 1515 216 1616 Total 85 24 12 6 3 127 130 Z FINAL PROOF 19 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
The available main, compulsory and auxiliary course in each level In order to earn a Bachelor of Arts (Special) Degree, a student and semesters are listed in under the Section 5: List of Course must complete 120 credits in four academic years as tabulated Units. below
Note: The credit value of elective course only can be adjusted to Table 4.5.2: Bachelor of Arts (Special) Degree earn the minimum credit requirement. Credits 4.5.2. Bachelor of Arts (Special) Degree Students are admitted to the Bachelor of Arts (Special) Degree Programmes at the beginning of the second year. Students may specialize in a field with strong commitment to a particular Writing Courses Level Compulsory
discipline, and it allows a student to pursue an in depth study of Credits Total Dissertation/ Semester Elective Course Elective Auxiliary Course Auxiliary Main Subject - 1 Main Subject - 2 Main Subject - 3 Main Subject - 4 Main Subject - 5 the subject area. The following fields of specialization Internship Report programmes are offered by the faculty: 11333- - 422 17 • Bachelor of Arts (Special) Degree in Islamic thoughts and 12333- - 42-- 15 Civilization 21333- - 422 17 • Bachelor of Arts (Special) Degree in Islamic Banking and Finance 22333- - 42-- 15 • Bachelor of Arts (Special) Degree in Islamic Law 31333- - 422 17 • Bachelor of Arts (Special) Degree in Arabic Language 32333- - 42-- 15 and Literature 4133333 --2 17 • Bachelor of Arts (Special) Degree in Linguistics and Translation (Arabic) 42333 --6 15 Grand Total 128 z 20 FINAL PROOF 4 Studyy Programmes QQQQ
4.5.3 First Year (Level 1) Common Programme a. Should have obtained a GPA of not less than 3 calculated for the course units in the First Year that are specified as All students enrolled for Bachelor of Arts Degree Programme at the requirement to follow Special Degree Programme in the Department of Islamic Studies or the Department of Arabic Table 4.5.3 and shouldn’t have earned any “E” grades in Language in the first year, are required to follow a common those course units. curriculum given by the Department in the first year of study. Table 8.1 shows the curriculum of the Level - 1 common program b. Should have obtained a GPA of not less than 3 calculated of the Department of Islamic Studies and shows the curriculum for all the course units of the main subjects in the First of the Level - 1 common program of the Department of Arabic year. Language. c. Should have obtained a GPA of not less than 2.70 (B-) Note: The credit value of elective course only can be offered as in English alternatives to earn the minimum credit requirement. d. Should have obtained a GPA in Information Technology of not less than 2.30 (C+) 4.6 Selection criteria for Special Degree Programme If a student has obtained GPA of not less than 3 calculated for the Students are admitted to follow Special Degree Programme at course units in the field of specialization (for example, IBM 11013 the beginning of the Second year of their studies. The admission Introduction to Islamic Economics, and IBM 12023 Introduction to the above course will be given based on the performance of to Islamic banking and Finance ) in the first year, and failed to sit the students in course units of First year and the availability of for any other main course units (subject X or Y) offered in the places for the courses of study. Any student who wishes to follow First year on medical ground (with the recommendation of the a Special Degree programme should apply for it at the end of the University Medical Officer) may be allowed to follow Special First year. The minimum requirements for Selection to Special Degree Programme (for example, Islamic Banking and Finance) Degree Programmes are given below. with the approval of Faculty Board and Senate. In such a case, the student should complete the main course units (subject X or Z FINAL PROOF 21 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Y) in the subsequent examination and earn the GPA of not less than 2.7 (fulfill the selection criteria A-C). Failure to complete the course units (subject X or Y) will result in transferring the student to General Degree Programme.
4.7 Changing from Special Degree to General Degree If a student from his/her B.A special degree wishes to enter B.A (General) degree, he/she has to give a written request before the commencement of 3rd year second semester. Late request shall not be entertained. The written request should be made to the Dean through the relevant Head of the Department of study program
Note: Student should complete the courses for general degree in previous semesters. z 22 FINAL PROOF 5 Examinationy Criteria
5.1 When are examinations held? The end-semester examination of a course unit shall be held at the end of the semester in which the course unit is completed. Continuous Assessments are held throughout the course during the semester. 5.4 Is attendance for teaching sessions important? Eighty percent (80%) attendance is compulsory for both theory 5.2 Who are eligible to sit for examinations? and practical sessions. A student who has less than 80% A person who has been registered in the university as an internal attendance for a particular course unit may not be allowed to sit student for a particular degree can sit for relevant examinations. for the end-semester examination of that course unit. Such Students who fail to complete their intended degree at the end candidates will have to sit for that particular exam at the next of the specified period should renew their registration to be available opportunity. eligible to re-sit the failed course units / credits at the next available opportunity. 5.5 What, if a candidate misses the first attempt? A student who does not appear for an end-semester examination 5.3 Is it necessary to apply to sit for examinations? of a particular course unit at the first opportunity available A student to sit for an examination should submit an application without a valid medical certificate and/or the approval of the in the prescribed form within the stipulated period. The eligible Faculty Board and the Senate, shall forfeit the chance of sitting students will be issued with an admission card for the particular that examination and will have to sit at the next available examination. opportunity. Z FINAL PROOF 23 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
5.6 Re-sitting for examinations 5.6.4 How many repeated attemps are allowed?
5.6.1 When can a candidate re-sit? A candidate cannot repeat an examination more than three times. A grace chance may be permitted with the approval Any examination conducted by the faculty will not be of the Faculty Board and the Senate. But during the period repeated. Therefore a student may re-sit for the of repeating the examination, student’s registration should examination of a particular course unit only at the next be valid. available opportunity. 5.6.5 When is a re-sit considered as a proper 5.6.2 Who can re-sit? examination? The following students can re-sit for examination, The 1st re-sit supported by a valid medical certificate and/or the approval of the Faculty Board and the Senate shall be If he/she has obtained an ‘’E’’ grade for a particular course considered as the first attempt. unit (see section 6.4 for grades), or
If he/she could not appear for the end semester 5.6.6 Is it possible to proceed to the next academic examination of a particular course unit at the 1st available year with poor grades? opportunity. A candidate, even with E grades may proceed to the following year of study. However, he/she should repeat 5.6.3 Can lower grades be improved? those course units at a subsequent examination. A student who has obtained C-, D or D+ for a particular course is advised to repeat it. However, if the grade 5.7 What is the maximum period to complete a obtained in the second sitting is less than that of the first degree programme? sitting, he/she shall be entitled to his/her former grade. The A Student would be allowed a maximum period of five academic maximum grade for a credit repeated shall be C or grade years to complete a three year general degree and six years for point 2.0. a four years’ special degree from the date of 1st registration, z 24 FINAL PROOF 5 Examinationy CriteriaQQQQ excluding periods of absence caused by medical or other valid commence his/her studies from the next academic year in which reasons acceptable to the Faculty Board. semester he/she stopped in the previous year.
5.8 What to do if a student falls sick during 5.10 What is a valid Medical Certificate? Examination? This document that confirms the format of Medical Certificate If a student falls sick during the examinations, he/she or his/her issued by the government hospital. Such a Medical Certificate guardian should inform this to the faculty Registrar within a should be obtained from any one of the following medical period of 48 hours in writing. This information should be practitioners. A University Medical Officer (UMO), District confirmed with a valid medical supporting document within a Medical Officer (DMO), consultant Specialist in a particular period of two weeks from the last date of the particular semester field or an Ayurvedic Physician Registered in the examination. However, the Senate will take the final decision. If Ayurvedic Medical Council. Under the exceptional the Senate approves the medical certificate, the student has to circumstances, a medical certificate issued by a private hospital sit for the course unit in the next immediately available or a Sri Lanka Medical Council (SLMC) registered private examination. practitioner endorsed by the University medical officer may be accepted. 5.9 What to do if a student falls sick during academic session? 5.11 Can a Special Needs Student extend the Allocated Time in the Examinations? If a student falls sick during the academic session, he/she or his/her guardian should inform this to the Registrar of the Faculty Such special needs students may be given 30 minutes extra time within a period of 48 hours in writing. This information should be for total hour of the examination if prior approval is confirmed within a period of two weeks with a valid medical obtained from the Faculty Board and Senate based on the supporting document. medical advice.
However, in a semester, if a student is unable to attend continuously for 08 academic weeks, the student is deemed to be withdrawn from the particular academic year and need to Z FINAL PROOF 25 6 Evaluationy Criteria
6.1 Introduction And this paper will have five questions and three questions are to be answered. For the course units having more than two credit Students are evaluated by both continuous assessments and end- values the duration of a theory question paper for end-semester semester examinations. The continuous assessments could be in examination shall be 3 hours and this paper will have eight the form of short answer questions, multiple choice questions, questions and five questions are to be answered. (Exception in quizzes, assignments etc., and in the case of practical courses, some subjects) projects and case studies, etc. The methods of assessments could be different depending on the nature of the course unit. The The marks obtained for a course unit at the end semester continuous assessments are held throughout the course of study examination will contribute only 70% to the final total marks of and are not repeated. Therefore, regular attendance for lectures the course unit. The balance 30% of marks should be and practical sessions is very important. accumulated from continuous assessments. This Continuous assessment marks obtained during the session shall be counted 6.2 Theory course units for the repeat examinations as well.
Duration of a theory question paper for end-semester 6.3 Dissertation examination shall be 1-3 hours depending on the credit value of the course unit. The number of questions shall be 5-8 depending Students offering Special Degree Course in Arts should carry out on the credit. the Dissertation / Project work / Internship Training Report at their Fourth year of study. The title of the Dissertation shall be made For one and two credit value course units, duration of a theory available by the students at the beginning of the Fourth year for question paper for end-semester examination shall be 2 hours. acceptance. The students are expected to commence their z 26 FINAL PROOF QQQQ
Z27 Evaluation Criteria Criteria Evaluation y 6 type of paper must be used throughout the must be used type of paper typing should be on one side of the paper, 1.5 inch typing should be on one side of the paper, Drawings, diagrams, maps, tables, etc. should be Drawings, diagrams, maps, tables, line spacing, with the left hand margin, right hand line spacing, with the left hand margin, from 1” – 1½” margin, top and bottom side margins (40 – 60mm). origin of number(s), clear and the title year(s), be reproduced sources should be indicated and may through photographic or other processes. dissertation. maps, etc. figures, plates, used throughout the dissertation. and style must be New to type in English with ‘Times It is recommended font, with ‘Kalaham’ type in Tamil Roman’ font, and to size must be 12 points. to be an ideal. Font would Arabic’ font. If you ‘Traditional type in Arabic with translation in English, the size of like to mention the shall be written after behind or words English word brackets with font size 10 within word the Tamil points. (viii) (v)may be used for and size Paper of different quality (vi)Same size copy shall be on computer typing. Each (vii) All (iv) One PROOF 70% 20% 10% FINAL copy should be clear and good quality (80 GSM) copy should be clear and good quality research work or case study. research work 297mm). of white paper (A4 size), (210mm x (i) be the candidate’s own The dissertation should (ii) copies. The dissertation should be submitted in two (iii) Each Dissertation/Project Report Dissertation/Project Oral Examination Student Profile/Attendance 6.4 of Dissertation General Criteria for Submission Dissertations/Project Report submitted after the stipulated date Dissertations/Project Report submitted Second next Fourth Year shall be considered only at the Semester Examination. Two copies of the Dissertation/Project Report should be submitted copies of the Dissertation/Project Two second Branch at the end of the Fourth year to the Examination the examination shall be conducted by The Oral Semester. the second semester examination Department during respective year. period of the Fourth The Dissertation is assessed continuously and marks are continuously is assessed The Dissertation as follows: allocated research activities from the beginning of the first semester of the beginning of the first activities from the research fourth year. is the number of i course unit, N th course unit. th N Point i) Hours) X (Grade ∑ (Credit i=1 N Hours) ∑ (Credit i=1 is the GP of the i i G GPA = GPA credits belonging to the i 6.7 (GPA) Point Average of Grade Calculation of all the Grade arithmetic mean is the credit-weighted GPA units he/she student for the course obtained by a Points (GP) to This will be calculated year. a particular academic offered for place according to the following formula. the second decimal Where, PROOF FINAL 2011/2012 Marks Range75 and above70 – 74 Grade65 - 6960 - 64 A+55 - 59 Grade Points 50 - 5445 - 49 A40 - 44 A- 4.00 35 - 39 B+30 - 34 B25 - 29 B- 4.00 00 - 24 C+ 3.70 C 3.30 C- 3.00 D+ 2.70 D 2.30 E 2.00 1.70 1.30 1.00 0.00 Academic year Academic 28 6.6 Scheme of grading a grade for each course unit will be assigned The marks obtained into The range of marks is partitioned and a grade point. are sub-ranges and the sub ranges sequence of suitable Grade Grades. These grades are assigned represented by the the following scheme. Points according to Final year special students should be able to present their abstract able to present their students should be special Final year supervisor at the the guidance of under of the dissertation semester of final during second organized by faculty colloquium will be collected from the Nominal rate for proceeding year. will be awarded. students and certificate 6.5 Colloquium Undergraduate UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE UNDERGRADUATE’S (FIA) LANGUAGE ARABIC AND STUDIES OF ISLAMIC THE FACULTY z RRRR 6 Evaluationy Criteria QQQQ
For example a student who has completed 7 course units worth 1. (GPA) Earning of over all credit point average must of 15 credits in a semester, with following grades: A, C+, C, B, consist in the subjects of Main, compulsory, elective D+, B-, and A-, the GPA is calculated as follows. and auxiliary 2. Minimum GPA for the General degree is 90 and 120 is for special degree program Point Value
Course Title Grade Grade Credit Earned Earned 3. All non credited courses are not considered for a GPA Grade Point calculation.But, it will be counted under the total credit Introduction to Islamic Culture A 4.00 3 12.00 earning. & Civilization Introduction to Islamic Economics C+ 2.30 3 6.60 4. Internship program is the main program with one credit Introduction to Literature C 2.00 3 6.00 equal to between 30-45 practical hours. Elementary English - I B 3.00 2 6.00 Introduction to Information D+ 1.30 2 2.60 6.8 Release of Examination Results Technology End Semester examinations shall be conducted for each course Basic Arabic (Non Credit Course) B - 2.70 0 0.00 unit at the end of the semester in which the teaching of the course Peace & Social Harmony A - 3.70 2 7.40 is completed. The examinations shall be conducted by the Total 15 40.60 Examination branch of the University. The date and time of the end semester examinations shall be decided at the beginning of Total grade point value earned each semester by the Dean in consultation with the Heads of GPA = Total number of credits Departments. = (3x4.0) + (3x2.3) + (3x2.0) + (2x3.0) + (2x1.3) + (0x2.7) When the results of the end semester examination of all the + (2x 3.7) /15 course units of a particular semester are received by the = 40.6/15 Examination Branch, the Examination Branch will summon a Board of Examiners chaired by the Vice-Chancellor. Dean of the = 2.71 Z FINAL PROOF 29 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Faculty, All Heads of Departments of the Faculty, all the Professors in the Faculty and Examiners of all the examinations conducted in that particular semester shall be the members of the Board of Examiners. The Board will release the overall performance of the students in that semester giving the GPA scored by the students in that semester. The Board shall also release the overall GPA scored by the students up to that semester. z 30 FINAL PROOF Z31 or above in course units aggregating or above C at least 90 credits as six (06) as well academic years consecutive semesters b. of 3.70 GPA earned an overall Shall have c. requirement within three (03) Completes the relevant 7.2.1 First Class Honors Degree may be Student who is eligible for the BA General a. grade of Obtain Degree awarded First Class Honors degree if he or she; First Class Honors degree if he or awarded 7.2 for Honors BA General Degree - Requirements PROOF per
And
FINAL , including auxiliary courses 90 credits, including auxiliary y at in course units aggregating grade or above Award of Degree C semester and total number of poor grades should semester and total number of poor grades not exceed 03 for the whole study programme least 90 credits
iv. No fail grade (E) i. of 2.00 a minimum GPA ii. iii. Not more than one poor grade (C- D+ or D) requirements within a maximum period of 05 academic requirements within a maximum period excluding of original enrollment in the university years or other valid periods of absence caused by medical and Senate. reasons acceptable by the Faculty board minimum of the following; obtained and should also have c. All non credit courses should be pass. b. fulfilled all the above A candidate should have a. completed eligible, a candidate should have be To 7 7.1 of Graduation BA General Degree - Requirements UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
7.2.2 Second Class (Upper Division) Honors 7.3 BA Special Degree - Requirement for Graduation A student who is eligible for the BA. General Degree may a. Pursue the relevant programme of study for a period be awarded Second Class (Upper Division) honors if he or of four academic years and; she; i. Obtain a minimum GPA of 2.00 a. Obtain grade of C or above in course units aggregating ii. Obtain grade of C or above in course units at least 90 credits aggregating at least 120 credits b. Shall have earned an overall GPA of 3.30 iii. Not more than one poor grade (C-, D+ or D) per c. Completes the relevant requirement within three (03) semester and total number of poor grades should academic years as well as six semesters. not exceed 04 for the whole study programme iv. No fail grade (E) 7.2.3 Second Class (Lower Division) Honors And A student who is eligible for the BA General Degree may be awarded Second Class (Lower Division) Honors if he or b. Fulfilled all the requirements above within a maximum she; of 06 academic years of original enrollment in the university other than approved medical withdrawal. a. Obtain grade of C or above in course units aggregating at least 90 credits c. All non credit courses should be pass. b. Shall have earned an overall GPA of 3.00 7.4 BA Special Degree - Requirement for Honors c. Completes the relevant requirement within three (03) Degree consecutive academic years as well as six (06) semesters. 7.4.1 First Class Honors Student who is eligible for the BA (Special) Degree may be awarded First Class Honours he or she; z 32 FINAL PROOF 7 Awardy of Degree QQQQ a. Obtain grade of C or above in course units aggregating b. Shall have earned an overall GPA of 3.00 at least 120 credits c. Completes the relevant requirement within four (04) b. Shall have earned an overall GPA of 3.70 academic years as well as eight (08) semesters c. Completes the relevant requirement within four (04) academic years as well as eight (08) semesters. 7.5 Prizes and Scholarships Abdul Cader Alim Al-Kahiri Memorial Medal for Arabic 7.4.2 Second Class (Upper Division) Language. A student who is eligible for the BA (Special) Degree may be awarded Second Class (Upper Division) honors if he or 7.6 The effective date of Degree she; The effective date of Degree shall be the following day of the last a. Obtain grade of C or above in course units aggregating day of the completion of Second Semester examination of 3rd at least 120 credits year for General Degree and 4th year for Special Degree. b. Shall have earned an overall GPA of 3.30 For the repeat candidates, the effective date of the Degree shall be the following day of the completion date of Examination. c. Completes the relevant requirement within four (04) academic years as well as eight (08) semesters.
7.4.3 Second Class (Lower Division) A student who is eligible for the BA (Special) Degree may be awarded Second Class (Lower Division) Honors if he or she; a. Obtain grade of C or above in course units aggregating at least 120 credits Z FINAL PROOF 33 8 Fieldy of study AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
8.1 Course Structure The folloing types of courses are offered by the faculty. 8.2 Type 1: The major field of study Course Course Contact Credit (Department of Islamic Studies) Code Title Hours Points/Hours
8.2.1 B.A. IN ISLAMIC STUDIES PSM 11013 Contemporary Political Issues 45 3 ELM 11013 Effective Oral Communication 45 3 Course Course Contact Credit Code Title Hours Points/Hours SOM 11013 Understanding of Society: 45 3 Process & Structure 1st Year – Semester - I TLM 11013 Tamil Language & Writing Skills 45 3 MAIN COMPULSORY ICM 11013 Foundation of Islamic 45 3 ELC 11012 Elementary English – I 30 2 Culture & Civilization ITC 11012 Introduction to Information 30 2 IBM 11013 Fundamental of Islamic Economics 45 3 Technology OR Elective (0ne of two) ILM 11013 Introduction to Islamic 45 3 GSE 11012 General science 30 2 Shari’ah PHE 11012 Critical thinking and Scientific method 30 2 Elective one from minor disciplines Auxiliary AFM 11013 Basic Accounting 45 3 SHA 11012 Peace & Social Harmony 30 2 ECM 11013 Principles of Micro Economics 45 3 TOTAL 17 z 34 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Course Course Contact Credit Course Course Contact Credit Code Title Hours Points/Hours Code Title Hours Points/Hours 1st Year – Semester - II 2nd Year – Semester - I MAIN MAIN ICM 12023 Islam: Belief and Concepts 45 3 ICM 21033 Reflections on Prophetic 45 3 IBM 12023 Introduction to Islamic Banking 45 3 Islamic History & Finance ICM 21043 Qur’anic Sciences 45 3 OR OR ILM 12023 Islamic Jurisprudence 45 3 ICM 21053 Islam and Woman 45 3 Elective one from minor disciplines Elective one from minor disciplines AFM 12023 Intermediate Accounting 45 3 AFM 21033 Financial Management 45 3 ECM 12023 Principles of Macro Economics 45 3 ECM 21033 Intermediate Micro Economics 45 3 PSM 12023 Introduction to International 45 3 Relations PSM 21033 State and Transformation in the 45 3 Middle East ELM 12023 Advanced Reading and writing 45 3 ELM 21033 Language Structure and SOM 12023 Education in Sociological Aspects 45 3 Linguistics 45 3 TLM 12023 Study of Tamil Literature 45 3 SOM 21033 Environmental Studies 45 3 COMPULSORY TLM 21033 Journalism 45 3 ELC 12012 Elementary English – II 30 2 COMPULSORY ITC 12012 Documents Preparation System 30 2 ELC 21012 Pre Intermediate English – I 30 2 Elective (0ne of two) PME 12022 Principles of Management 30 2 ITC 21012 Spread Sheet and Presentation 30 2 BME 12022 Basic Mathematics 30 2 Elective (0ne of two) TOTAL 15 HRE 21022 Human Resource Management 30 2 Z FINAL PROOF 35 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course Course Contact Credit Course Course Contact Credit Code Title Hours Points/Hours Code Title Hours Points/Hours
HIE 21022 History of Modern Sri Lanka 30 2 SOM 22043 Globalization and Social Justice 45 3 (From 1500 to 1948 AD) TLM 22043 Sri Lankan Tamil Literature 45 3 Auxiliary COMPULSORY SDA 21022 Statistical Data Analysis 30 2 Using for Research ELC 22012 Pre Intermediate English – II 30 2 ITC 22012 Communication and 30 2 TOTAL 17 Web Development 2nd Year – Semester - II Elective (0ne of two) BSE 22042 Basic Sinhala 30 2 MAIN THE 22042 Introduction to Hospitality 30 2 ICM 22063 Turning Points in Islamic 45 3 and Tourism History ICM 21073 Hadith Sciences 45 3 TOTAL 15 OR 3rd Year – Semester - I ICM 22083 Science and Technology in 45 3 Islam MAIN Elective one from minor disciplines ICM 31093 South Asian Islam: Major Issues 45 3 AFM 22043 Cost and Management 45 3 ICM 31103 Muslim Minorities 45 3 Accounting OR ECM 22043 Intermediate Macro Economics 45 3 ICM 31113 Islamic Political Thought 45 3 PSM 22043 Public Administration and 45 3 Elective one from minor disciplines Bureaucracy AFM 31053 Public Accounting and Finance 45 3 ELM 22043 Introduction to Literature 45 3 ECM 31053 Applied Economics 45 3 z 36 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Course Course Contact Credit Course Course Contact Credit Code Title Hours Points/Hours Code Title Hours Points/Hours
PSM 31053 Public Administration in Sri Lanka 45 3 ICM 32143 Comparative Study of Religions 45 3 ELM 31053 Poetry, Fiction and Drama 45 3 Elective one from minor disciplines SOM 31053 Gender and Society 45 3 AFM 32063 Computer Application for Accounting 45 3 TLM 31053 Islamic Tamil Literature 45 3 ECM 32063 Social Economic Development 45 3 COMPULSORY PSM 32063 Democracy and Human Rights 45 3 ELC 31012 Intermediate English – I 30 2 ELM 32063 English Language Teaching ITC 31012 Graphical Design Application 30 2 Methodology 45 3 Elective (0ne of two) SOM 32063 Development in Sociological SOE 31052 Social problem and society 30 2 perspective 45 3 EPE 31052 Educational Psychology 30 2 TLM 32063 Writing of Culture and Feminine Auxiliary Literature 45 3 CDA 31052 Career Development 30 2 COMPULSORY ELC 32012 Intermediate English – II 30 2 TOTAL 17 ITC 32012 Data Base Application 30 2 3rd Year – Semester - II Elective (0ne of two)
MAIN RME 32062 Research Methodology 30 2 ICM 32123 Islam in Sri Lanka 45 3 CJE 32062 Islamic Criminal Justice 30 2 ICM 32133 Management and Leadership 45 3 TOTAL 15 from Islamic Perspective OR Z FINAL PROOF 37 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
8.2.2 B.A. (SPECIAL) IN ISLAMIC BANKING AND FINANCE Course Course Contact Credit (HONOURS) Code Title Hours Points/Hours st 1 Year – Semester - I Elective (0ne of two) Course Course Contact Credit GSE11012 General science 30 2 Code Title Hours Points/Hours PHE 11012 Critical thinking and scientific method 30 2 MAIN Auxiliary ICM 11013 Foundation of Islamic Culture 45 3 SHA 11012 Peace & Social Harmony 30 2 & Civilization TOTAL 17 IBM 11013 Introduction to Islamic 45 3 Economics 1st Year – Semester - II OR ILM 11013 Introduction to Islamic Shari’ah 45 3 MAIN Elective one from minor disciplines ICM 12023 Islam: Belief and Concepts 45 3 AFM 11013 Basic Accounting 45 3 IBM 12023 Introduction to Islamic Banking 45 3 & Finance ECM 11013 Principles of Micro Economics 45 3 OR PSM 11013 Contemporary Political Issues 45 3 ILM 12023 Islamic Jurisprudence 45 3 ELM 11013 Effective Oral Communication 45 3 Elective one from minor disciplines SOM 11013 Understanding of Society: Process & Structure 45 3 ECM 12023 Principles of Macro Economics 45 3 TLM 11013 Tamil Language & Writing Skills 45 3 PSM 12023 Introduction to International 45 3 Relations COMPULSORY ELM 12023 Advanced Reading and writing 45 3 ELC 11012 Elementary English – I 30 2 SOM 12023 Education in Sociological Aspects 45 3 ITC 11012 Introduction to Information 30 2 z Technology TLM 12023 Study of Tamil Literature 45 3 38 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Course Course Contact Credit Course Course Contact Credit Code Title Hours Points/Hours Code Title Hours Points/Hours
COMPULSORY Auxiliary ELC 12012 Elementary English – II 30 2 SDA 21022 Statistical Data Analysis for 30 2 ITC 12012 Documents Preparation System 30 2 Research Elective (0ne of two) TOTAL 17 PME 12022 Principles of Management 30 2 2nd Year – Semester - II BME 12022 Basic Mathematics 30 2 TOTAL 15 MAIN IBM 21053 Financial Accounting 45 3 2nd Year – Semester - I IBM 22063 Fiqhul Muamalath – II 45 3 MAIN ICM 21073 Hadith Sciences 45 3 IBM 21033 Principles of Economics 45 3 COMPULSORY IBM 21043 Fiqhul Muamalath - I 45 3 ELC 2202 Pre Intermediate English – II 30 2 ICM 21043 Qur’anic Sciences 45 3 ITC 22012 Communication and 30 2 COMPULSORY Web Development ELC 21012 Pre Intermediate English – I 30 2 Elective (0ne of two) ITC 21012 Spread Sheet and Presentation 30 2 BSE 22042 Basic Sinhala 30 2 Elective (0ne of two) THE 22042 Introduction to Hospitality 30 2 and Tourism HRE 21022 Human Resource Management 30 2 TOTAL 15 HIE 21022 History of Modern Sri Lanka 30 2 (From 1500 to 1948 AD) Z FINAL PROOF 39 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course Course Contact Credit Course Course Contact Credit Code Title Hours Points/Hours Code Title Hours Points/Hours 3rd Year – Semester - I ICM 32123 Islam in Sri Lanka 45 3 MAIN COMPULSORY IBM 31073 Islamic Modes of Finance 45 3 ELC 32012 Intermediate English – II 30 2 IBM 31083 Financial & Bank Management 45 3 ITC 32012 Data Base Application 30 2 ICM 31103 Muslim Minorities 45 3 Elective (0ne of two) COMPULSORY RME 32062 Research Methodology 30 2 ELC 31012 Intermediate English – I 30 2 CJE 32062 Islamic Criminal Justice 30 2 ITC 31012 Graphical Design Application 30 2 TOTAL 15 Elective (0ne of two) 4th Year – Semester - I SOE 31052 Social problem and society 30 2 MAIN EPE 31052 Educational Psychology 30 2 IBM 41113 Economic Development – 45 3 Auxiliary An Islamic Framework CDA 31052 Career Development 30 2 IBM 41123 International Trades and 45 3 Foreign Exchange TOTAL 17 IBM 41133 Ethics and Governance of 45 3 3rd Year – Semester - II Islamic Financial Institutions IBM 41143 Islamic Insurance (Takaful) 45 3 MAIN IBM 41153 Computer Application for 45 3 IBM 32093 Banker Customer 45 3 Accounting Relationships IBM 41163 Internship 3 IBM 32103 Islamic and Conventional 45 3 Financial Institutions TOTAL 18 z 40 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Course Course Contact Credit 8.2.3 B.A. (SPECIAL) IN ISLAMIC LAW AND LEGISLATION Code Title Hours Points/Hours (HONOURS) 4th Year – Semester - II 1st Year – Semester - I
MAIN Course Course Contact Credit Code Title Hours Points/Hours IBM 42163 Security of Advances 45 3 IBM 42173 Islamic Banking in the 45 3 MAIN Modern World ICM 11013 Foundation of Islamic Culture 45 3 IBM 42183 Marketing and Business 45 3 & Civilization Development ILM 11013 Introduction to Islamic Shari’ah 45 3 IBM 42193 Dissertation 6 OR TOTAL 15 IBM 11013 Fundamental of Islamic 45 3 Economics Elective one from minor disciplines AFM 11013 Basic Accounting 45 3 ECM 11013 Principles of Micro Economics 45 3 PSM 11013 Contemporary Political Issues 45 3 ELM 11013 Effective Oral Communication 45 3 SOM 11013 Understanding of Society: 45 3 Process & Structure TLM 11013 Tamil Language & Writing Skills 45 3 COMPULSORY ELC 11012 Elementary English – I 30 2 Z FINAL PROOF 41 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course Course Contact Credit Course Course Contact Credit Code Title Hours Points/Hours Code Title Hours Points/Hours
ITC 11012 Introduction to Information 30 2 ELM 12023 Advanced Reading and 45 3 Technology Writing Elective (0ne of two) SOM 12023 Education in Sociological Aspects 45 3 GSE 11012 General science 30 2 TLM 12023 Study of Tamil Literature 45 3 PHE 11012 Critical thinking and 30 2 COMPULSORY scientific method ELC 12012 Elementary English – II 30 2 Auxiliary ITC 12012 Documents Preparation System 30 2 SHA 11012 Peace & Social Harmony 30 2 Elective (0ne of two) TOTAL 17 PME 12022 Principles of Management 30 2 1st Year – Semester - II BME 12022 Basic Mathematics 30 2 MAIN TOTAL 15 ICM 12023 Islam: Belief and Concepts 45 3 2nd Year – Semester - I ILM 12023 Islamic Jurisprudence 45 3 MAIN OR IBM 12023 Introduction to Islamic 45 3 ILM 21033 Judical System in Islam 45 3 Banking & Finance ILM 21043 Sources of Islamic Law 45 3 Elective one from minor disciplines ICM 21043 Qur’anic Sciences 45 3 AFM 12023 Intermediate Accounting 45 3 COMPULSORY ECM 12023 Principles of Macro Economics 45 3 ELC 21012 Pre Intermediate English – I 30 2 PSM 12023 Introduction to International ITC 21012 Spread Sheet and Presentation 30 2 Relations 45 3 z 42 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Course Course Contact Credit Course Course Contact Credit Code Title Hours Points/Hours Code Title Hours Points/Hours
Elective (0ne of two) Elective (0ne of two) HRE 21022 Human Resource Management 30 2 BSE 22042 Basic Sinhala 30 2 HIE 21022 History of modern Sri Lanka 30 2 THE 22042 Introduction to Hospitality 30 2 (From 1500 to 1948AD) and Tourism
Auxiliary TOTAL 15 SDA 21022 Statistical Data Analysis for rd Research 30 2 3 Year – Semester - I
TOTAL 17 MAIN ILM 31073 Law of Property 45 3 2nd Year – Semester - II ILM 31083 Human Rights in Islam 45 3 ICM 31103 Muslim Minorities 45 3 MAIN COMPULSORY ILM 21053 Schools of Islamic 45 3 Jurisprudence ELC 31012 Intermediate English – I 30 2 ITC 31012 Graphical Design Application 30 2 ILM 22063 Muslim family Law in Sri Lanka 45 3 Elective (0ne of two) ICM 21073 Hadith Sciences 45 3 SOE 31052 Social problem and society 30 2 COMPULSORY EPE 31052 Educational Psychology 30 2 ELC 2202 Pre Intermediate English – II 30 2 Auxiliary ITC 22012 Communication and 30 2 CDA 31052 Career Development 30 2 Web Development TOTAL 17 Z FINAL PROOF 43 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course Course Contact Credit Course Course Contact Credit Code Title Hours Points/Hours Code Title Hours Points/Hours 3rd Year – Semester - II 4th Year – Semester - II MAIN MAIN ILM 32093 Orienatalism and Islamic Law 45 3 ILM 42143 Legal System of Sri Lanka 45 3 ILM 32103 Corporate Laws 45 3 ILM 42153 Islamic Counseling and ICM 32123 Islam in Sri Lanka 45 3 Conflict Resolution 45 3 COMPULSORY ILM 42163 Islamic Law of Succession, ELC 32012 Intermediate English – II 30 2 Inheritance and Waqf 45 3 ITC 32012 Data Base Application 30 2 ILM 42173 Dissertation 6 Elective (0ne of two) TOTAL 15 RME 32062 Research Methodology 30 2 CJE 32062 Islamic Criminal Justice 30 2 TOTAL 15
4th Year – Semester - I MAIN ILM 41113 Ijithihad in Islamic Law 45 3 ILM 41123 Comparative Criminal Law 45 3 ILM 41133 Law of Evidence 45 3 ILM 41144 Judicial System in Islam 45 3 ILM 41153 Contemporary Juristic Issues 45 3 ILM 41163 Internship 3 TOTAL 18 z 44 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
8.2.4 B.A. (SPECIAL) IN ISLAMIC THOUGHT AND Course Course Contact Credit CIVILIZATION (HONOURS) Code Title Hours Points/Hours 1st Year – Semester - I ITC 11012 Introduction to Information Technology 30 2 Course Course Contact Credit Elective (0ne of two) Code Title Hours Points/Hours GSE 11012 General science 30 2 MAIN PHE 11012 Critical thinking and Scientific method 30 2 ICM 11013 Foundation of Islamic Culture Auxiliary & Civilization 45 3 SHA 11012 Peace & Social Harmony 30 2 IBM 11013 Fundamental of Islamic Economics 45 3 TOTAL 17 OR st ILM 11013 Introduction to Islamic Shari’ah 45 3 1 Year – Semester - II Elective one from minor disciplines MAIN AFM 11013 Basic Accounting 45 3 ICM 12023 Islam: Belief and Concepts 45 3 ECM 11013 Principles of Micro Economics 45 3 IBM 12013 Introduction to Islamic Banking & Finance 45 3 PSM 11013 Contemporary Political Issues 45 3 OR ELM 11013 Effective Oral Communication 45 3 ILM 12023 Islamic Jurisprudence 45 3 SOM 11013 Understanding of Society: Elective one from minor disciplines Process & Structure 45 3 AFM 12023 Intermediate Accounting 45 3 TLM 11013 Tamil Language & Writing Skills 45 3 ECM 12023 Principles of Macro Economics 45 3 COMPULSORY PSM 12023 Introduction to International 45 3 ELC 11012 Elementary English – I 30 2 Relations Z FINAL PROOF 45 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course Course Contact Credit Course Course Contact Credit Code Title Hours Points/Hours Code Title Hours Points/Hours
ELM 12023 Advanced Reading and 45 3 Elective one from minor disciplines writing AFM 12023 Intermediate Accounting 45 3 SOM 12023 Education in Sociological 45 3 ECM 12023 Principles of Macro Economics 45 3 Aspects PSM 12023 Introduction to International 45 3 TLM 12023 Study of Tamil Literature 45 3 Relations COMPULSORY ELM 12023 Advanced Reading and 45 3 ELC 12012 Elementary English – II 30 2 writing ITC 12012 Documents Preparation System 30 2 SOM 12023 Education in Sociological 45 3 Aspects Elective (0ne of two) TLM 12023 Study of Tamil Literature 45 3 PME 12022 Principles of Management 30 2 COMPULSORY BME 12022 Basic Mathematics 30 2 ELC 12012 Elementary English – II 30 2 TOTAL 15 ITC 12012 Documents Preparation System 30 2 2nd Year – Semester - I Elective (0ne of two) MAIN PME 12022 Principles of Management 30 2 ICM 12023 Islam: Belief and Concepts 45 3 BME 12022 Basic Mathematics 30 2 IBM 12013 Introduction to 45 3 TOTAL 17 Islamic Banking & Finance OR ILM 12023 Islamic Jurisprudence 45 3 z 46 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Course Course Contact Credit Course Course Contact Credit Code Title Hours Points/Hours Code Title Hours Points/Hours
nd 2 Year – Semester - II COMPULSORY MAIN ELC 31012 Intermediate English – I 30 2 ICM 22063 Turning Points in Islamic History 45 3 ITC 31012 Graphical Design Application 30 2 ICM 21073 Hadith Sciences 45 3 Elective (0ne of two) ICM 22083 Science and Technology in Islam 45 3 SOE 31052 Social problem and society 30 2 COMPULSORY EPE 31052 Educational Psychology 30 2 ELC 2202 Pre Intermediate English – II 30 2 Auxiliary ITC 22012 Communication and Web 30 2 CDA 31052 Career Development 30 2 Development TOTAL 17 Elective (0ne of two) BSE 22042 Basic Sinhala 30 2 3rd Year – Semester - II
THE 22042 Introduction to Hospitality and 30 2 MAIN Tourism ICM 32123 Islam in Sri Lanka 45 3 TOTAL 15 ICM 32133 Management and Leadership 45 3 from Islamic Perspective 3rd Year – Semester - I ICM 32143 Comparative Study of 45 3 MAIN Religions ICM 31093 South Asian Islam: Major Issues 45 3 COMPULSORY ICM 31103 Muslim Minorities 45 3 ELC 32012 Intermediate English – II 30 2 ICM 31113 Islamic Political Thought 45 3 ITC 32012 Data Base Application 30 2 Z FINAL PROOF 47 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course Course Contact Credit Course Course Contact Credit Code Title Hours Points/Hours Code Title Hours Points/Hours
th Elective (0ne of two) 4 Year – Semester - II RME 32062 Research Methodology 30 2 MAIN CJE 32062 Islamic Criminal Justice 30 2 ICM 42203 International Relations in Islam 45 3
TOTAL 15 ICM 42213 Islamization of knowledge 45 3 ICM 42223 Peace and Conflict 45 3 4th Year – Semester - I Resolution in Islam ICM 42233 Dissertation 6 MAIN ICM 41143 Revival and Reform in Islam 45 3 TOTAL 15 ICM 41153 Islamic Ethics and Social 45 3 Institutions ICM 41163 Modern Muslim World 45 3 ICM 41173 Middle-East Conflict 45 3 ICM 41183 Islam and Contemporary Issues 45 3 ICM 41193 Internship 3
TOTAL 18 z 48 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Course units in Brief A Modern theory of the birth of Islamic civilization Islamic city and it’s important in Islamic Thoughts Course Title Foundation of Islamic Culture and Civilization Decline of Islamic culture and challenged and faced Course Code ICM 11013 Contributions of Islamic culture to future culture Course Objectives REFERENCES The course aims at: Prescribed References • To understand origin and development of Islamic culture and it’s Important • Ehsanqureshi, history of Islamic Civilization, Cyber tech publications, New Delhi, India • To develop awareness of Islamic Culture and its variety, diversity and enormous output in • Khgdabakhsh, S., Contributions to the History Islamic culture. of Islamic Civilization, Accurate Printers, Lahore. • To read critically approaches of written texts about Islamic thought Additional References • To understand the Impact of Islamic culture • Abul Hasan Ali Nadwi, Islam and the world, with other culture Haji Arfeen Academy, Pakistan.
Week Contents Covered • Haiderbammate, Muslim Contributions To Civilization, American trust Oublications Introduction to ancient culture pitons (Parisian, Roman, Babylonian, Egypt, Geake, Indian) • (Eid) BasheerAhamed, M., Syed A. Hasani, Dilnawaz A. Siddiqui, Muslims Contributions Introduction to Islamic culture and civilization to World Civilization, International Institute of (Muslim Culture, Islamic Culture, Arabic culture) Islamic Thoughts Association of Muslim History of Islamic culture and its growth Social Scientists. Source of Islamic Culture • Abdul Hameed Siddiqui, Main Springs of Influence of Islamic Culture upon other culture Western Civilization, Kazi publication, Lahore. Z FINAL PROOF 49 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course Title Introduction to Islamic Shariah The understanding priorities (Fiqhulawaliyath) Course Code ILM 11033 Shariah policy (Siasahshariyah) Course Objectives REFERENCES • To familiarize the student with past and Prescribed References present understandings of the Islamic • Mohamed Muslihuttin, “Judicial System of concept of Sharia. Islam its origin and development”, Islamic • To provide the students with comprehensive Publication, Lahore, Pakistan. idea about the Sharia • Mardin, E., 1955, “Development of the • To prefer the students for the study of Sharia Shariah under Ottoman Empire”, Washington. as a entire system of life • Hallaq, Wael B., 2009, “An Introduction to Islamic Law”, Cambridge University Press. Week Contents Covered • Vikor, Knut, Between God and the Sultan, The concept of Sharia (Islam, Shariah and Fiqh) 2005, “A History of Islamic Law”, Oxford History of Islamic Law (early days development) University Press. Islamic jurisprudence and contemporary • Badran, abu al Badran, (n.d), “ Al-Sharia al- jurisprudence Islamiyyah, Baghdad, makthab al- ain School of thoughts (Origin and Development of Zaidan, AbdKarim, 1996, “al Madkhal li Schools of Law) Dirasat al sharia al Islamiyyah: Baghdad Islamic law and jurisprudence in Sri Lanka Additional References Introduction to Sources of Islamic Law • Ameer Ali, “The Short History of Saracens,” Primary sources of Islamic jurisprudence Karachi, Pakistan. 1975 (Al Quran and Sunnah) • Shcacht, J., “An Introduction to Islamic Law”, Secondary sources of Islamic jurisprudence Oxford, 1964. (Qiyas and Istihsan, Adah and Urf) • Abu Zahran, Muhamad, (n.d), “tarik al The objective of Shariah (Maqasid al Sharia) madzahib al Islamiyyah”, Cairo, Dar - al Fikr al Arabi. z 50 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Course Title Fundamental of Islamic Economics Sources of Islamic economics Course Code IBM 11013 Contributions of earlier Muslim scholars to Islamic economics Course Objectives Islam and other economic system • To provide an understanding of Islamic (Capitalism, Communism, Socialism) economy by considering the implications of Consumption and production in Islam the application of Shariah law for the economic and financial systems The Principles of Zakaath • To provide an overview of Islamic economy Distribution of income and wealth in Islam by highlighting the different works of Muslim Trade and business in Islam scholars in the field. Welfare Economics in Islam • To stress the importance of Islamic The role of the Islamic state worldview to Islamic economics. Concept of money from Islamic perspectives • To familiarize with the economic thought of Baitul- mal (Taxation in Islam) Muslim thinkers. • To compare the Islamic economic system REFERENCES with the other systems. Prescribed References • To explain how consumption and production • Afzal – Ur – Rahman, (1985), “Economic are carried in Islam. Doctrines of Islam”,. Islamic Publication Ltd., • To provide a clear explanation about the Lahore. concept of money from Islamic point of view. • Qureishi .A.I., (1991), “Islam and the theory of Interest”. Week Contents Covered • Siddique .M.N., “Muslim Economic Thinking Overview on economics Survey of Contemporary Literature”, Islamic Islamic worldview and its relation to Foundation, U.K. economics • Ahmad, K. [ed.] 1981, “Studies in Islamic Z FINAL PROOF 51 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Economics”. The Islamic Foundation, • Yusuf .S.M., (1990), “Economic Justice in Leicester, UK Islam”, S.H. Muhammed Ashraff Publishers • Ahmad, A. and Awan, K. R. [eds.] 1992, and Exporters. “Lectures on Islamic Economics”. IRTI, Islamic Development Bank, Jeddah, Saudi Course Title Islam: Belief and Concepts Arabia • Kahf, M. [ed.] “Lessons in Islamic Course Code ICM 12023 Economics”. IRTI, Islamic Development Course Objectives Bank, Jeddah, Saudi Arabia • provide the different patterns of thought Additional References among prominent Muslim theologians and • Ahamed, Mohamed, (1994), “Economics of philosophers on the Islamic theological issues Islam”. which emerged from the socio-politico and cultural changes in the Muslim society • Siddique, (1994), “Islam and the Economic Challenge”, Pakistanish Muhammad Ashraff. • Make understand the methodology devised among philosophers and theologians • Chapra .M.V., (1992), “Islam and the Economic Challenge. • Introduces the students the Islamic philosophical tradition • Heshlag .Z.Y., (1992), “Islam and the Economic Structure of the Middle East”, • Marks out the development of philosophical Leiden: E.J. Brill. ideas in Islam • Jalaluddin .A.K.M., (1991), “The Role of • Highlights the important contributions of Government in an Islamic Economy”, A.S. Islamic philosophy to the philosophical Morteen Malaysia. tradition as a whole and its impact on Western philosophy • Mannan .M.A., (1972), “Economic Security in Islam”, Islamic Book Service, New Delhi. Week Contents Covered • Mylehuddin .M, (1992), “Banking and Islamic Historical reasons for the emergence of different Law”, International Islamic Publishers, Delhi. sects in Islam z 52 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
The theological issues on the position of revelation • Al - Shahrastani, (1934) Kitab al- Milalwa al- and reason Nihall, Ed. Alfred Guillume, London: OUP. Allah’s justice and action, Allah’s attributes • Mac Donald, Duncan B. (1985) Development The notion of faith (Iman) of Muslim Theology, Jurisprudence and The origins of Islamic philosophy Constitutional Theory,. Lahore: 1964. The impact of Greek - Hellenistic (Greek Culture) • Mohammad Arkoun., (1989) Retninking philosophy Islam: Common Questions and Uncommon Metaphysics prophecy Answers, Boulders: 1989. Morality • Martin, Richard C., Woodward, Mark, and Epistemology (Theory of Knowledge) Atmaja, Dwi S. (2003) Defenders of Reason Position of man’s soul (Spiritual Part) in Islam, Oxford. Politics • Nasr, SeyyedHossein and Leaman, Oliver Human rights (eds), (1996) History of Islamic Philosophy, London. Future trends of Islamic philosophy
REFERENCES Prescribed References Course Title Islamic Jurisprudence • Ahmed Sharif, (2009) Fundamentals of Course Code ILM 12023 Islamic Philosophy, Cyber Tech Publications; Course Objectives New Delhi. • To provide the students with the introductory • Khan, Ali Mahdi, (2010) The elements of knowledge of Sharia methodology of Islamic philosophy , SH. Muhammad Ashraf; research Islamabad. • To guide the students toward the broad based Additional References knowledge of the Islamic jurisprudence • Griffin, David, (1998) God and Religion in a Post Modern World, Albany. Z FINAL PROOF 53 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Week Contents Covered Additional References The concept of Islamic ruling (al-hukm). • Al-baidhawi, (1968), Minhaj al-Wusullalm al- The differentiation of Taklifiand Wadh’I rulings Usul, Kahirah: Muhammad Ali Subaih. The categories of Taklifi rulings • Al-Zarqa, Mustafa ibn Ahmad, (1959), Madhal al-Fiqh al-Am, Damshiq: Dar al- The categories of Wadh’i rulings Nahdhah. The sovereignty of Allah (al-Hakim) The human deed (al-MahkumFih) Course Title Introduction to Islamic Banking & The subject of ruling (al-Mukalaf) Finance The theory of capacity (al-Ahliyah) Course Code IBM 12023 Categories of capacity Course Objectives Capacity in gaining wrights • To understand the banking system in Islam Capacity in performing duties • To explore how Islamic banking differs from Soundness the conventional interest-based banking REFERENCES system. Prescribed References • To familiarize with developments in global financial and capital markets in relation to • Abu Zahrah, Muhammad (1965) Usul al- faith based banking and finance. Fiqh, Kahirah: Dar al-Fikr al-Arabi al-Muasir • To provide with an overview of Islamic • Zaidan, AbdKarim, (1965), Usul al-Fiqh, finance law, regulations and aspects of the Baghdad: Maktabah al-Muthanna Islamic banking system. • Zuhaili, Wahbah, (1968), Usul al-Fiqh al- • To Provide with an understanding of Islamic Islami, Birut: dar al-Fikr banking products and concepts. • To identify challenges faced by Islamic banks, and Add a new facet to the study of finance. z 54 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
• To provide fundamental knowledge of Takaful REFERENCES methods Prescribed References Week Contents Covered • Ayub, Muhammad, 2007. ‘Understanding Introduction to Islamic Banking and Financial Islamic Finance’ Wiley Publications System (IBF) • Iqbal, Munawar, ‘Islamic Banking & Finance: Current Developments in Theory and (Definition, Importance and Purpose of Islamic Practice’ Islamic Foundation. Banking and Finance) • Brain Kettel, (2011). Introduction to Islamic Historical Background of Islamic Banking and Banking and Finance Finance • k]h`pu;> SMM, `py;kp> HMA., (2012)> (Emergence and Growth of IBF for last three “,];yhkpa tq;fp Kiw Xu; mwpKfk;”> decades) kPs;ghu;it gg;spNfrd;. Differences between Islamic and Conventional Financial systems (Bay (Trade) vs Riba Additional References (Usury/Interest) • Introduction to Islamic Finance, Justice Mohamed TaqiUsmani Prohibitions in Islamic Finance (Riba and its implications (injustice, exploitation, etc) Gharar, • AAOIFI Shariah Standards (Latest) Qimar, Mysir and Hilah (Uncertainty, Gambling, • Abdul Gaffoor .A.L.M., (1996), “Participating Stratagems and other prohibited (Haram) Financing through Investment Bank and activities) Commercial Bank”, Apptec Publication, Introduction to Islamic Financial Products Netherland. (Madarabah, Masharakah, Murabaha, Ijarah, • Ahmed, Kurshid, (ed.), (1980), “Studies in Salam and Istisna) Islamic Economics, Leicester, Islamic Operations of the Islamic Financial Institutions Foundation”, London • Archer, Simon Karim, Rifaat, 2002. “Islamic Problems Facing Islamic Banking System Finance: Innovation and Growth”, Euromoney Books. Z FINAL PROOF 55 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
• Al-Omer, Fuad and Iqbal, Munawar. “Some • Beginning of revelation Strategic Suggestions for Islamic Banking in • The malevolent conduct of Quraysh. the 21st Century” published in Review of • Israand Mihraj Islamic Economics, Islamic Foundation, (2000). • The two covenants to Al-Aqubah • Al - Hijrah Course Title Reflections on Prophetic Islamic History • Compact of Medinah • Battles: background and consequences Course Code ICM 21033 • The Treaty of Hudaybiyahand conques of Course Objectives Makkah • To explain the stages of the prescribed stages • The farewell pilgrimage of Prophetic biography and derive from it • Preaching of the Holy Prophet and its experiences and behaviours methodology • To provide a wide knowledge about the • Achievements of the Holy prophet turning points in the life of the holy prophet (SAL) • Viewpoints of orientalists : Nubuwah and As - Seerah • To learn the wars (Jihads) and agreement he had with Qureish infidels including Badar REFERENCES and, Uhud wars and also Sulhu Hudeybiyah Prescribed References • To know what Muhammad did in his time in Makkah and Madinah until his death • Asad, H. (1989) “Methodology of Prophet Mohamed” Karachi: Islamic Revolution. Week Contents Covered • Ahamed Khan, S. (1983) “Life of • Introduction to analytical study of the Seerah Muhammed” Newyork, Kazi Publishers • Arabia before Islam a brief survey • Haykal, M.H. (1976) “The life of • Mohammad (SAL) from birth to Prophet Muhammad" North Amarican Trust hood Publications. z 56 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Additional References • Marks out the field of Orientalists’ studies on • Bashumali, M.A. (1992) “The Great Battle Qur’an and its main categories of Badr” New Delhi; Islamic Book Service Week Contents Covered • Asad(1989) “Methodology of Prophet The concept of inspiration (Wahy) Muhammed’s Islamic Revolution“ Lahore Ferozsoms (Pvt) Ltd. Revelation of Qur’an and its history • Khalideen, KMH. (2001) “Prophet Collection, preservation and dissemination Muhamed (Sal)” Addalaichenai: Islamic The Qur’an and its authenticity and miracle Research Centre, Major themes and characteristics of the Qur’an • Rahuman,A., (1992) “Mohamed as Dogma in suras (makkan and madinan) and Military Leader” Delhi: Moor Publishing relationship between suras and verses (ayat) House, Some sciences for understanding quran (uloomul • Yusuf, M. (1990) “The last Prophet of quran, sabab an-nuzool, an-nasikh wal-mansookh Islam” Delhi: Markazi Makthaba Islami, and al-khaswal-aam) • Salahi, A (2002)” Muhamed man and Origin and development of Tafseer literature and Prophet” U.K, Islamic Foundation. its methodologies Course Title Qura’nic Sciences Kind of Tafseer and its schools (Madhab) Course Code ICM 21043 Qur’anic exegeses in modern period View of Oriantalists: Al Qur’an Course Objectives • Introduces the students’ the Qur’an as the REFERENCES main source and texts of Islamic thought and book of guidance for mankind. Prescribed References • Develops an awareness of the key sources • Muhammad TaqiUsman, (2006) “An of Islamic knowledge in Ulum al - Qur’an approach to the Quranic sciences”, Adam publishers and Distributors; New Delhi. • Provides the modern and medieval exegeses (Tafseer), their categories and methodology • Usmani, M.M.T., (2000) “An Approach to Z FINAL PROOF 57 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
the Quranic Sciences”, Darul Ishaath Course Title Islam and Women • " " (1990) , Course Code ICM 21053 Course Objectives Additional References • To introduce pathetic state of women before • Ahamed, H., (1989) “An Easy Way to Islam in the Arabian society, great Understanding Quran” New Delhi: civilizations and religions of the world. KitabBhavan. • To expounding the stages of women’s lives • Ahamed, R., (n.d) “Aljazul Quran” Delhi: and the attendant challenges Adam Publishers and Distributors. • To identify women role in society • Azad, Mawlana, AbulKalam ( ) ”Basic concept of the Quran” IBT, Kuala Lampur. Week Contents Covered • Ahmad Q.Ashfaq (1999) “Words that Women in ancient age and different religion moved the world” UK, IF. Status of Muslim women in Islam • Ajiljola, Alhaj AD. (2001) “Basic Quranic Gender balance in Islam moral teachings” New Delhi, Adam Rights of women regarding (Marriage, divorce, publishers. inheritance, property) • Sell. The Rev. Canon (2001) “The Historical Social role of Muslim women in Islamic history development of the Quran” New Delhi, DP. Importance of family life and family planning in • Haleem, Muhammad Abdel, (1999) Islam “Understanding the Quran”, London: I. B. Tauris. Rights of women in social life Selected issues of muslin women (polygamy, hijab, education, evidence, employment, inheritance) Feminism in Islamic view point Women in modern age z 58 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
REFERENCES Course Title Turning Points in Islamic History Prescribed References Course Code ICM 22063 • shaudry, M.S, (1991), “women rights in Course Objectives Islam”, Lahore, Mohammed Ashraf publish • To provide the students development of • Mesbah. M.T, & Bahonar, M.J, (1991), Islamic civilization critically and analytically “status of women in Islam”, London: sangam books. • To expression in textual and material culture, institutions and personae, through readings Additional References of primary and secondary sources 1. (1998) “women and family life in Islam”, • To Know main turning points in Islamic Dha’wa Academy international Islamic history university. Week Contents Covered 2. Shaikh N.M, (1991), “Womaen in muslim society” International Islamic publishers. Important turning points during the period of Muhammad (sal) such as battle of Badr, Hijra, 3. Engineer A.A. (1999) “The Quran, Women Conquer of Mecca and Modern Society” Esterling publish Pvt. (Ltd.) Rise of Khilafat and war against false prophecy Conquest of Egypt and Persia 4. Engineer A.A. (1999) “Equity, Social Justices and Muslim Women” Muslim Rise of Umayyah and extension of Muslim Empire Women Research and Action forum and it’s fall The tragedy of Kharbalah Ruling of abbasiya and faal of Bagdad under Mongolies A survey of Ottoman Empire and conquest of Constantinople and it’s important Kilapath falls and its effects on Muslim World Z FINAL PROOF 59 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
REFERENCES Course Title Hadith Sciences Prescribed References Course Code ICM 21073 • Hasan, Masudul (1994) “History of Islam” Course Objectives Vol.1 & II Lahore: Islamic Publication. • To make students aware of the importance of Additional References the Sunnah as a source of Shari’ah • Arnold, T.W, (1924) “The Caliphate” Delhi: • To introduce the seeker of knowledge to the Adam Publishers and Distributors. science of Al hadith, its origins, history and • Fidai, R. A (1988) “Concise History of key concepts Muslim world” New Delhi: Kitab Bhavan. • To develop an understanding of the main • Hasan, Masudul (1994) “History of Islam” sources and texts of Islam Vol I&II, Lahore: Islamic Publication. • Biography of the Prophet Muhammad • Irving, W., (1998) “Mohammed and his (PBUH) Successors” New Delhi: Abi Prints and Week Contents Covered Publishing. Hadith, sunnah, khabar, and Athar : definition • 1978 The “Cambridge History of Islam” status of sunnah in Islamic thought Cambridge University Press. Major themes and characteristics of hadith • 1994 “E A short History of Turkish – Islamic State exceeding the altoman History of origin, development transmission, dissemination and collection of Hadith State” Ankara Turkish Historical. Origin, development and methodology of Hadith • Jameelah, Maryam (1997) ”Islam and criticism Orientalism” New Delhi, Adam Publications. Chief collection and their categories • Enan M.A (2000) ”The History of Islam” New Delhi, Adam publications. The terminologies applied in Hadith (Muthawathir, Aahad, Saheeh, Hasan, Dhaif and Moudhuo) • Mahmud Sayyid Fayyaz ( ) ”ghalib a critical introduction” New Delhi, Adam The science of biography publications. Hadith and Orientalists z 60 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
REFERENCES Hadeeth” New Delhi, AP. Prescribed References • Azami, M. Musthafa, “Studies in early Hadeeth literature”, Kuala Lambur. I B.T • Yusuf Guraya M,(1985), “Origin of Islamic jurisprudence”, SH. Muhammad Ashraf, • Koya P.K (1996), “Hadeeth and sunnah ideals Lahore and realities”, Kuala Lambur. I.B.T • Zubair Siddiqi M, (1993) “Hadith literature its • Hameedullah. M, (1999) “An introduction to origin development & special features, Islamic the conservation of Hadith”, Kuala Lambur. text society, Cambridge • Rf;up> M.A.M. (1993) “`jP]; tuyhWk; • m];kp> K`k;kJ K];jgh> (1989)> Kf;fpaj;JtKk;"> Matare: Dar- ul Bushra “`jP]; KiwikAk;> fpue;jq;fSk;" Publications Muslim Institute of Social Development, Colombo. Course Title Science and Technology in Islam Additional References Course Code ICM 22083 • Mazher u. Kazi, (1995), “The Tresury of Hadith and Sunnah”, Markazi Makthaba, Course Objectives Delhi. • To understanding of connection between • Mohammed hameedullah Khan, (1991), “The science and Islam Schools of Islamic jurisprudence”, Nusrath Ali • To evaluate of Muslim contribution to science Nasari for kitabbahawan. • To explore impact of Islamic science on west • Musluhudeen M, (1999), “An introduction to the conservation of Hadith”, Islamic book Week Contents Covered trust, kolalapur Early history of science (Babylonian, Greek, • Kazi, M.U. (1992), "The Treasury of Hadith Roman, Persian, Indian and Chinese) and Sunnah" Delhi: Markazi Maktaba Islam. Origin and growth of Islamic sciences in several • Ahmad, Rafiq , (2000), “ Introduction to al- sphere Z FINAL PROOF 61 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Islamic medical science and medical hospitals Additional References and collages • HoodBhoy, P,(1991), “Islam and science”, Muslim geographer and geographical literature London : zed book limited Contribution to social sciences ( history, • Ahamed Zainudeen, (1996), “Influence of philosophy, political science, sociology etc) Islam on world civilization”, New Delhi : Adam Contribution to natural sciences (biology, publishers & distributors chemistry, botany, agriculture ,astronomy, • Yunus, Jonathan (2010), “ How the Arabs mathematics ) transformed western civilization” Growth of Muslim technology in Islamic era • Usman Bakkar (1999), “The history and Impact of science on the west philosophy of Islamic science”, Islamic text Scientific status and researches in Muslim society, Cambridge countries • Saliba George, (2007), “Islamic Science and Muslim contributions to develop modern science the making of the European Renaissance”, and technology MIT REFERENCES • Ahmad, Z. (1996), “Influence of Islam on World Civilization”, Delhi: Adam Publishers & Prescribed References distributors • Ahamed shabeer, (2008), “The development • Arnold, T, (1995) “The legacy of Islam”, New of science and tecnologhy in islami Delhi: Adam Publishers & Distributors history”, Dar-us-salam • IRCICA , ( 1992), "Transfer of Modern • Rahman. A, (2003), “Islam on Science & Science & Technology to the Muslim world, Technology”, New Delhi: Adam publishers & Islamabad Distributors. • Nasr, S.H. , (1996), "History of Islamic Philosophy" Part – I & II, London: ousledgy, • Saud, M.,( 1986), “Islam and Evalution of science”, Islamabad: Islamic research • Sharif, M.M. (1993), “History of Muslim institute Philosophy”, Vol.I & II, Karachi: Royal Book z 62 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
• Simon, Henrich, (2004), “IbnKhaldun’s Spread of Islam in Indian sub continents Science of human culture” New Delhi, AP. Muslims Empire in South Asia • Haider Bammate, “ Muslim contribution to Distributional pattern of Muslims populations in science” American trust publication Indian sub continents • Mirza, M.R & Siddique, “Muslim contribution Contributions of Islamic thoughts to Islamic to science”, Delhi: Adam publishers & Development ( Jama-at Islami, Thablique Islam, distributors Thowheed Islam) Writing on Muslims educational movements in modern India Course Title South Asian Islam: Major Issues Impact of Islam on Political, cultural, community Course Code ICM 31093 tribes in Indian sub continents. Course Objectives Muslims unite the colonist • To provide students multifarious aspects of Muslims role in south Asia (special Referee Islam and Muslims in South Asia from the Muslims countries: Pakistan, Bangladesh, emergence to the present. Afghanistan, Maldives ) • This course focuses mainly on major Some selected issues of Islam and Muslims countries compromising considerable Muslims faced challenges problems and solutions Muslim population. Contributions of Muslims to development to • To provide the history of spared Islam in Nations South Asian continents REFERENCES • To understand the establishment of Muslim Empire and it’s falls Prescribed References Week Contents Covered • Mokhudem – E- Mulk Mushrafi, (1993), Introduction to geography and community of “Pakistan and Bangladesh – Political, cultural Indian sub continents and parties”, Goppal Publishing house, New Early contact between South Asia and Middle East Delhi. Z FINAL PROOF 63 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
• Zafar Ahamad, “Islam and Muslims in South • Muslim India. New Delhi, 1983- Asia”, (2000), Authors Tress. • The Muslim World. Karachi: World Muslim • Arnold, T.W., (2005), “the Preaching of Islam”, Conference, 1963- Adam Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi. • Pakistan Journal of History and Culture. • (Edid) Hashim Qureshi., M., (2002), “Muslims Islamabad: National Institute of Historical and in India Since independence Regional Cultural Research, 1980- Perspective, Institute of Objective studies”, New Delhi. • Omar Khalidi, (2004), “Between Muslim Course Title Muslim Minorities Nationalist and Nationalist Muslims: Course Code ICM 31103 Maududi’s Thoughts on Indian Muslims, Institute of objective studies”, New Delhi. Course Objectives • Irsath Islam, (2001), Islam in Sindh, The course is designed to through which the International Islamic University, Malaysia. students trace the broad contours of the Muslim distinct experience in the minority context and nlhkpdpf; Nyg;gpaH> Nyupfhypd;];> • shed light on the wide range of issues of these (nkhopngaHg;G): uhftd;> tP.vd;.> (1997)> Muslims. The course deals with political, social, es;sputpy; Rje;jpuk;> miyfs; and religious phenomena of Muslim minorities ntspaPl;lfk;> nrd;id. from the Islamic perspective in order searching an Islamic way of life in plural society of non- Additional References Islamic countries. • Islamic Culture. Hyderabad: Islamic Culture Board, 1927- Week Contents Covered • Islamic Studies. Islamabad: International • The Muslim minorities in the world Islamic University, 1962- • Problems and Challenges face Muslim minorities • Journal of Islamic Studies. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1990- • Muslims alienation and discrimination: causes and effects z 64 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
• Muslims’ rights, duties in non Islamic states • Israeli, R. (2009). “Muslim minorities in • Citizenship and Ummah modern states: the challenge of assimilation”. New Brunswick Transaction Publishers. • Roles of Islamic institutions in Muslim minorities • Eminov, A. (1997). “Turkish and other Muslim minorities in Bulgaria”. London Hurst. • Islamic Daw’ah among Muslim minorities • Oliver-Dee, S. (2011). “Muslim Minorities and • Shariah and state Citizenship: Authority, Islamic Communities • Fiqh al- Aqalliyath and Shari'a Law”. London Tauris. • Muslims in plural society • Laurence, J. (2012). “The emancipation of • Muslims in the West: Selected countries Europe's Muslims: the state's role in minority integration”. Princeton, N.J. : Princeton • Muslim Minority in Africa and Asia: Selected University Press. countries • Yegar, M. (2002). “Between integration and • The Muslim minorities in the world secession: The Muslim communities of the Southern Philippines, Southern Thailand, and REFERENCES Western Burma / Myanmar”. Lanham, MD Prescribed References Lexington Books. • Haddad, Y. Y. (2002). “Muslim minorities in • Nielsen, N. J. J. S. (2012). “Methods and the West: visible and invisible”. Walnut Creek contexts in the study of Muslim minorities: Altamira Press. visible and invisible Muslims”. London Routledge. • Nachmani, A. (2010). “Europe and its Muslim minorities: aspects of conflict, attempts at • Ahdar, R. J. (2010). “Shari’ a in the West”. accord”. Brighton Sussex Academic. Oxford: Oxford University Press. • Kettani, M. A. (1986). “Muslim minorities in • Aitchison, C. (2007). “Geographies of Muslim the world today”. London; New York Mansell. identities: diaspora, gender and belonging”. Aldershot, England Ashgate. • Abedin, S. Z. (1995). “Muslim minorities in the • Hollihan-Elliot, S. (2006). “Muslims in China”. West”. London Grey Seal. Philadelphia Mason Crest Publishers. Z FINAL PROOF 65 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
• Sakaranaho, T. “Religious freedom, • Galub .M.S., (1979). “Al-Buldan al-Alamiyya multiculturalism, Islam: cross reading Finland wa al-Aqalliyath al-Muslima fi al- ’alam al- and Ireland”. Leiden Brill. ua’asi”. Al-Imam Muhammad Ibnu Saud • Roald, A. S. (2004). “New Muslims in the University, Riyadh. European context: the experience of • Ramadan, T. (1999). “To be a European Scandinavian converts”. Leiden Brill. Muslim”. Leicester: The Islamic Foundation. • Marechal, B. (2003). “Muslims in the enlarged • Faisal Mowlavi. (1990). “Al- susus Sha a’i ah Europe: religion and society”. Leiden Brill. Lil ’laqath Bainal Muslimeen Wa Gairil • Ezzati, A. a.-F. (2002). “The spread of Islam: Muslimeen”. Beirut: Darur Rashad the contributing factors”. London Islamic Islamiyyah. College for Advanced Studies Press. Additional References • Yaacob, A. M. (2002). “Muslims' rights in non- Muslim majority countries”. Kuala Lumpur: Institute of Islamic Understanding Malaysia. Course Title Islamic Political Thought • Qureshi, M. I. (1993). “World Muslim Course Code ICM 31113 minorities”. Karachi: Motamar al- Alam al- Islami. Course Objectives • Faridi, F.R. (1998). “Living as a Muslim in a • To contribute a wider understanding of key Plural Society”. Chennai: Islamic Foundation concepts, theories and methods. Trust. • To develop an understanding of the history of • Al – Qardawi, Yusuf. (2005). “Fiqh al- Islamic political thought and theories of Aqalliyath al-Muslimah”. al- Qahirah Darus government. Shuruq. • To develop a systematic understanding of the • Athiya Muhammad .J. (2003). “Nahwa Fiqhin evolution of Muslim political thought, theories Jadidin Li al-Aqalliyath”, Egypt: Darus Salam. of understanding the socio-political dynamics • Tubu Liyak .S.M., (1997). “Al-Ahkamu al- of modern Muslim societies. Siyasiya Li al-Aqalliyathi al- Muslima Fi al- • To introduction to the culture, politics and Fiqh al-Islami”. Darun Nafais. religion of Muslim civilizations z 66 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Week Contents Covered Additional References The course will focus on, and be dictated by, the • Butterworth, C.E., & Zartman, I.W. (2001) use of a selection of primary sources, ranging “Between the State and Islam” from the early Muslim chronicles, to the modern Cambridge. University Press. discussions of Islamic government and the • Francuis, B., (2003) “Face to Face with relationship of Islam with the West. Core issues Political Islam” London: I.B. Tauris & Co Ltd. include: Leadership in the Qur’an; • Maududi A.A, (1969) “Political Theory of The Prophet and the rise of the Caliphate; Islam” New York: Kazi Publishers The dominance of the military and the iqta system; • Maududi A.A., (1995) “Islamic Law and The Mongol invasions; Constitution” Karachi, Jama-ath Islamic The Ottoman empire; Publication. Formulating the 'Islamic state'; • Sherwani, H.K. (1999) “Study in Muslim Islam and democracy; Political Thought and Administration” New York: Kazi Publisher. Islam and revolution; • Esposito. J.I., (1984) “Islam and Politics” Political Islam and Jihadism. New York: Syracuse University Press. REFERENCES Prescribed References Course Title Islam in Sri Lanka • Mahmood, S. (1989) “The Concept of Course Code ICM 32123 Islamic State” Lahore: Progressive Publishers Course Objectives • Muslehuddin, M. (1991) “Islam & Its • To provide the students history and issues of Political System” Lahore: Islamic Pub. (Pvt) Islam and Muslims in Sri Lanka. Ltd. • To highlight on various contemporary aspects • Moten, A.R., (1996) “Political Science: An of Muslims in Sri Lanka. Islamic Perspective” London: Macmillan • To understand origin and growth of Islam and Press Ltd. Muslims in Sri Lanka. Z FINAL PROOF 67 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Week Contents Covered K];ypk;fspd; tuyhWk; fyhrhuKk;”> (1870-1915)> my;`]dhj; gjpg;gfk;> Introduction to Sri Lanka and Muslims and other n`k;khj;Jfk. Community Middle East Relationship with Sri Lanka Earlier to Additional References still • Vallaithamby Ameerdeen, (2006), “Ethnic Muslims under the Kingdoms of Sri Lanka politics of Muslim in Sri Lanka, center for Muslims under the Colonist (Portuguese, Dutch minority studies”, Kandy, Sri Lanka. Rule) • Jaladeen, M.S., “The Muslim Law: of The effects of British Rule on Muslims Marriage divorce and maintenance in Sri Studies on the role of Muslims community Lanka”, Haji omar foundation for peace education and research, Sri Lanka. Atrocities on Muslims Minority in Sri Lanka • Kalideen, K.M.H., “Sri Lanka and the Muslims A Cultural perspective of Muslims community”, Sri Lanka Kateebs’ Fedrations, Muslims Contribution to Develop of Sri Lanka Colombo-14 . Earlier to Still • mkPd;> vk;. I. vk;.> (2000)> “,yq;if An Introduction of Sri Lankans’ Leaders K];ypk;fspd; tuyhWk; fyhrhuKk;”> (Specially Selected Muslims Leaders) (1870-1915)> my;`]dhj; gjpg;gfk;> Islamic Law in Sri Lanka n`k;khj;Jfk. REFERENCES • rkPk;>vk;.> “xUrpWghd;ik r%fj;jpd; gpur;rpidfs;”> 1900-1945> wp]hdh Prescribed References gg;sp\H];> nfhOk;G-10. • Shukri, M.A.M., (Edi), (1986), “Muslims of Sri • kt;yhdh> vk;. Nf. <.> (2011)> NrJ Kjy; Lanka”, Avenue Antiquity, Jamiyah Naleemia rpe;J tiu (kdpj Ma;T)”> kzpNkfiyg; inst., Beruwala, Sri Lanka. gpuRuk;> nrd;id. • mkPd;> vk;. I. vk;.> (2000)> “,yq;if z 68 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Course Title Management and Leadership from Power-influence approach, Servant-leader Islamic Perspective approach, Transactional & Transformational approach, Trait approach (Mannerism), Situational Course Code ICM 32133 leadership approach Course Objectives Ethical Leadership • Define the responsibilities and limitations of The Moral Bases of Islamic Leadership leadership; Principles of Islamic Leadership • Understand the nature and process of Islamic Characteristics / Attributes of Leader leadership from an Islamic perspective. Islamic Model of Effective Leadership • Describe the Islamic characteristics/attributes of effective leaders. Building a Power Base, Leading Change, Motivating Others, Developing Subordinates, • Understand the Islamic model of leadership. Managing Conflict Leading a project, defining • comprehensive the ethical leadership and project scope and managing it. leadership skills that are essential qualities for REFERENCES leaders in modern society • How to lead projects, how to define project Prescribed References scope and manage it, how to integrate the • The Emirates centre for strategic studies and various aspects of a project, how to manage research, (2002), “Leadership and project cost, risk, and schedule. How to Management in the information age”, The manage project communications, Emirates centre for strategic studies and procurement and teams. research, Abu Dhabi. • Beekun, RafikIssa and Badawi, Jamal. 1999. Week Contents Covered “Leadership: An Islamic Perspective”. Defining leadership Beltsville, Maryland: Amana Publication. The importance of leadership • Altalib, Hisyam. 1991. “Training Guide for Leadership approaches in Islamic and Western Islamic Workers”. Herndon, Virginia: The literature International Institute of Islamic Thought. Z FINAL PROOF 69 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Additional References UK: Cambridge University Press • Kanungo, R.N. and Mendonca. 1996. “Ethical • Mottahedeh, R., (2000). “Loyalty and Dimensions of Leadership”. California: SAGE Leadership in an Early Islamic Society”, UK: Publications. I.B. Tauris • Alhabshi, Syed Othman and Ghazali, Aidit Haji • Owen, I.T., (2002). “The Spirit of Leadership: (eds.). 1994. “Islamic Values and Liberating the Leader in each of Us”, New Management”. Kuala Lumpur: Institute of Delhi: Viva Books Islamic Understanding Malaysia (IKIM). • Peter, G.N., (2001). “Leadership: Theory and • Hunsaker, Philip L. 2001. “Training in Practice”, New Delhi: Sage Pub. Management Skills”. New Jersey: Prentice- • Sadler, P., (2004). “Leadership”, New Delhi: Hall. Kogan page • Giuliant, R..W., (2002). “Leadership”, New • Thaib, (1995). “Islamic Polity and Leadership”, York: Hyperion UK: The Wind rush Press • Hunsaker, P. L., (2001). “Training in Management Skills”. New Jersey: Prentice- Hall. Course Title Comparative Study of Religions • Jim Barrett, (1999). “Total Leadership: How Course Code ICM 32143 Inspire and Motivate for Personal and Team Course Objectives Effectiveness”, New Delhi: Kogan Page • To present the essential fundamental • Johnson, C. E., (2001). “Meeting the Ethical principles and practices of living religions in Challenge of Leadership”, London: Sage Pub. the world. • Kanungo, R.N. and Mendonca, (1996). • To Understand the fundamentals about all “Ethical Dimensions of Leadership”. great religions of the world California: SAGE Publications. • Madelung W., (1998). “The Succession to Week Contents Covered Muhammad: A Study of The Early Caliphate”, Comparative religions: an introduction and survey z 70 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
The Qur’anic dialogue with Jews and Christians • Tiwari, K.N., (1992), “Comparative Methodologies in comparative religion Religions” Delhi: MotilalBusaridass. I. Western Additional References II. Islamic • Barelavi, M.I., (1992), “Islam and world World famous religions: History & Major Concepts Religions” Lahore: Islamic Pub. Ltd. • Ahamad, M., (1994), “Religions of All Eastern religions Mankind” New Delhi: KitabBhavan. I. Hinduism Brandon, S.G.F., (1976), “Dictionary of II. Buddhism comparative Religion” New York: Scripner. Ibrahimic religions: • Deadat, A, (1994), “The Choice: Islam and I. Judaism Christianity” New Delhi: Islamic book Service. II. Christianity • Geden, A.S. (1994), “Comparative III. Islam Religion” New Delhi: Asian Educational Dialogue between religions Service, Hosein, I.N. (1976), “Islam and Prominent scholars in comparative studies of Buddhism in the World” Karachi: World religion Federation of Islamic Vision. • Sandeela, F.M. (2000), “Islam, Christianity REFERENCES and Hindusim” Delhi: Thaj Company. Prescribed References • Shalaby, A., (1987), “MukaranathulAdhyaan” • Gangchem, T.Y.S. (2001), “Major Religions Cairo: MaktabathNahlathilMisriyyah. in Contemporary world” Delhi: Authors • Singh, C. & Nath, P. (1997), “The Great Press Pub. Religions of the World” New Delhi: Crest Publishing House. • Schneider D.B. (1996), “Hinduism, Buddhism, Islam: A Comparative Study” • Jameela M. (1998), “Islam Versus Ahl Al New Delhi: Crest Publishing House. kithab, past & present” New Delhi, Taj printers. Z FINAL PROOF 71 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course Title Revival and Reform in Islam Selected modern reformists and their thought (Afgani, Abduhu, Ridha, Ahamad Khan, Malik Bin Course Code ICM 41153 Nabi, Iqbal, Baqir Sadr and Imam Khomaini. Course Objectives Some Islamic Movements (Ikhwan Al-Muslimeen, • To develop a critical understanding of the Jama-athe Islami, Sanussi and Mahdi diversity and dynamic Islamic Movements. Movements, Tawheed And Tableeque Jama-aths) Revival in contemporary Muslim world • To understand the contemporary issues and challenges they have risen on national and REFERENCES international levels. • Maps out the key themes surrounding Islamic Prescribed References revivalism and explores the various debates • Maududi, S.A.A. (1992), “A History of accompanying them. Revivalist Movements in Islam” Markezi, • To look at major Islamic movements outlining Maktaba Islam Delhi. their historical, ideological and methodological • Siddiqu, M., (1982), “Modern Reformist approaches to reform Islam. Thought in the Muslim World” Islamabad: Islamic Research Institute. Week Contents Covered • Esposito, J.L. , pp. The nature of revival and reform in Islam “Revival and Reform” 32-59 in “Islam and Politics” Syracuse: Short history of Islamic Revivalism Syracuse University Press, 1984 Some pre-modern revivalists of Islam and their achievements (Umar Bin Abd Al-Azeez, The Four Additional References Imams, Al - Gazzali, Abd Al - Qadir Jelani, Ibnu • Nadwi, A.H.A. (1986), “Saviors of Islamic Taimiyah, Ahamad Sirhindi, Ibn Abd Al-Wahab Spirit” Vol: I – IV Lucknow: Publishing And Shah Waliyullah) House. Reform in modern Islam: background and • Ahamed, K.J, (1987), “Hundred Great methodology Muslims” New York Kazi Publishers. z 72 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
• Gilani, S.A., (1984), “Moududi: Thought & 162; “The Way of Life”, pp.183-186 in Movements” Lahore: Islamic Publication Moaddel and Talattof, “Modern and (Ltd) Fundamentalist Debates in Islam”. • Sajjad, A. (n.d), “Islamic Revival and 15th • Qutb, Sayyed, “Islam as as the Foundation Century Hijrah” New Delhi: of Knowledge”, pp. 197-206; “War, Peace MarkaziMakthabaIslami. and Islamic Jihad”, pp.223-246 in Moaddel • Sayeed, S.M.A. (1999), “The Myth of the and Talattof, “Modern and Fundamentalist Authenticity: A Study in Islamic Debates in Islam”. Fundamentalism” New Delhi: KitabBhevan • nksyhdh nksJ}jp> (2001). ,];yhkpa kWkyHr;rp: xU tuyhw;W Nehf;F”> • Aslan, R. “An Awakening in the East”, pp. nfhOk;G: ,yq;if [khmj;Nj ,];yhkp. 220- 248 in “No God but God”, New York: Arrow Books, 2006 • m/g;]y; `{ird;> (1994). “Njrpa rKjha Gj;jikg;gpy; [khmNj ,];yhkp • Fazlur Rahman Faridi, (1994). `pe;j;”> nrd;id: [khmNj ,];yhkp> “Fundamentalism vis – a – vis Islamic ntspaPL. movement”, New Delhi: Markaz Maktaba Islami • nra;apj; Fj;g;> (1995)> “,];yhkpa vOr;rpapd; iky; fw;fs;”> nrd;id: • Soroush, A. “Islamic Revival and Reform”, ,yf;fpar; Nrhiy. pp. 27-38 in “Reason, freedom and Democracy in Islam”. Oxford University Press, 2000 • Haddad, Y. “Muhammad Abduh: Pioneer of Islamic Reform”, pp. 30-63 in Rahnema, “Pioneers of Islamic Revival” • Khan, Sayyid Ahmad, “Intellectual Pluralism and Freedom of Opinion”, pp. 109-121; “The Rights of Women”, pp.159- Z FINAL PROOF 73 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course Title Islamic Ethics and Social Institutions • Medical ethics in Islamic concept. Course Code ICM 41163 • Principal of social ethics. • Amanath and its important in Islam. Course Objectives • Moral philosopher by Ibn Miskway, Al-Razi, • To locate the sources and nature of Islamic Ihwanus safa, etc ethics • Social institution and its role in society. • To differentiate between the ethical perspectives of Muslim scholars • Place of ethics in Islam and ethnic teaching of the Quran and Hadeeth. • To compare and contrast Islamic Ethics to other philosophical and religious ethical REFERENCES theories Prescribed References • To discuss current world events in terms of Islamic ethics • Afsaruddin, Asma. (2003), “Islam: Religion • To implement Islamic ethical ways of life. and Ethics.” In Understanding the Other, Teachers As Scholars Program at Notre Week Contents Covered Dame. University of Notre Dame • Place of ethics in Islam and ethnic teaching • K`k;kj; my; f];]hyp> (2002)> of the Quran and Hadeeth. “,];yhkpa xOf;f khz;Gfs;”, ,f;uh • Different between Islamic ethics and western gjpg;gfk;. ethics. Additional References • The principal of good habits in Islam. • Spring Moosa, Ebrahim. (2005), “Muslim • The values if Iklas, Tazkiya, Ihsan, Dhikr and Ethics.” In Blackwell Companion to Religious Sabr. Ethics, ed. William Schweiker. Malden, MA: • Islamic concept of brotherhood and Blackwell friendship. • Fakhry, M. (1994), “Ethical Theories in Islam” • Sex and ethics in Islam. E.J. Brill. z 74 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
• Al – Ghazali, M. (1990), “Muslim Character” • To address key issues and questions of Islam Delhi: Hindustan Publishers and Muslims prevalent in contemporary • Lari S.M.M., (2005), “Ethics and Spiritual world. Growth”, iran : foundation of Islamic C.P.W • To examine Muslims’ search for a new • Qureshi, M.S., (1990), “The Role of Mosque paradigm of existence with differences and in Islam”, New Delhi: International Islamic diversity Publishers. • To examine historical models and • Lammans, (1998), “Islam Belief and contemporary debates such as Citizenship, Institution” New Delhi: Aryan Book Nationality and the Muslim Ummah, and the International. overall impact of Modernity and Secularism on the Muslim world • Ahamed (1997), “Islam and the Environmental Crisis” London: Thaha Week Contents Covered Publishers Ltd. The Muslim world: General introduction • Umori S.J., (1996), “The Concept of Social Service in Islam” OC Merabed: Islamic Challenges faced by Islam in present context Research Centre. Tension between ummatic and national identity Islam and modernism, post - modernism Course Title Modern Muslim World Islam and liberal democracy Course Code ICM 41173 Islam and secularism Course Objectives Images of Islamic fundamentalism • To discuss the most important political, Islam and pluralism economic, social and cultural changes in the Privatization, urbanization, Colonialism, Muslim world and examine the challenges globalization neo-colonialism, Imperialism and posed by Modernity and Secularism on Islam Muslims thought and various Muslim Emergence and growth of nationalism responses. Z FINAL PROOF 75 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Western penetration into Muslim world • Hopwood D. (1999), “Arab Nation, Arab World order and role of Muslim nation states Nationalism”, Oxford: Anthony’s college. • Mardin, S. (1994), “Cultural Transition in Process of Islamization in the Muslim world the Middle East”, Leaden: E.J. Brill. REFERENCES • Rashid, A. (1980), “Islam in History and Prescribed References Society”, Islamabad: Islamic Research Institute. • Nadvi, A.H.A. (1987), “Islam and the • Abu Suleiman, A.H. (1994), “Islamization: world”, Karach: Haji Arifeen Academy Reforming Contemporary Knowledge”, • Voll, J.O., (1944), “Islam Continuity and London: International Institute of Islamic Change in the Modern World”, Stracuse thought. University Press. • Ahamed, A., (1991), “Women and Social • (1997), “Alternative Perspective: A collection Justice: Some Legal & Social Issues of Essays on Contemporary Muslim Society” inContemporary Muslim Society”, Colombo: Muslim Women’s Research and Islamabad, Institute of Political Studies. Action Forum • Ahamed, A.S. (1999), “Discovering Islam: Additional References Making Sense of Muslim History andSociety”, New York: Routledge., • Schulze, R., (2000), “A Modern History of the Islamic world” I.B. Tauris Pub, London • Ansari, (Ed) (2001), “Secularism, Islam and Modernity Khundmiri”, London: Sage • Carre, O., (1987), “Islam and the State in publications. the World Today”, New York: Manohar. • Ashan, A.A., (1972), “Ummah or Nation? • Beeque, H. (1993), “The Middle East and Identity Crisis in Contemporary Problems of Democracy” Buckershem: MuslimSociety”, Markfield: Open University press. • The Islamic Foundation., “Contemporary • Edwards. B.M. (2000), “Contemporary Political Sociology”. Politics in the Middle East”, UK: Blackwell Pub. • Edwards. B.M. (2000), “Globalization z 76 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Politics and Power” Oxford: Blackwell • Pursue intellectual questions in a rigorous Publishers. and academic manner, employing analytical • Nasr, S.H. (1994), “Islam and the Plight of skills and critical thinking. Modern Man”, Lahore: Suhail Academy • Communicate ideas to others in a clear and • Qazi, G., (1990), “Environment and Islam”, concise manner through presentation skills Islamabad: Dawah Academy including oral and written work
• (1996), “Postmodernism and Islam: Week Contents Covered Predicament and Promise”, London; Routledge Israel in the Middle East: A Conflict Within Nationalism: From the Ottoman Empire to the British Mandate Course Title Middle East Conflict The Creation of a War Generation Course Code ICM 41183 Catastrophe and Independence: The 1948 War Course Objectives Super Powers, Internal Politics and the Road to • To provide students a sound historical War (1949-1956) understanding of the conflict and differences The Struggle for Hegemony in the Middle East in Middle East from 1600 to present. (1956-1967) • Understand historical evolution of Middle The Cold War and the Arab-Israeli Conflict East in modern world and present day conditions. Israel and Egypt; From War to Peace • Analyses the Palestine problem critically Images of a Conflict • Evaluate the role of external powers in Arab Israel and the Palestinians: Between Jerusalem – Israeli and other regional conflicts. and Beirut • Understand the political culture, history, Islamic Fundamentalism and the Conflict institutions and current political dynamics of the Middle East Z FINAL PROOF 77 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
REFERENCES History of 1948”, Cambridge University Press, 2001 Prescribed References • Peter L. Hahn, “Caught in the Middle East: • Benny Morris, “Righteous Victims: A History U.S. Policy toward the Arab-Israeli Conflict of the Zionist-Arab Conflict 1881-1999”, New 1945-1961”, The University of North Carolina York: Knopf, 1999. Press, 2004 • Avi Shlaim, “the Iron wall: Israel and the Arab • R.L. Jasse, "The Bagdad Pact: Cold War or World”, New York: W. W. Norton, 2000. Colonialism", Middle East Studies, 27, Additional References 1(1991) • Neville J. Mandel, “The Arabs and Zionism • Ami Gluska, "The War over the Water during before World War I”, Berkeley: University of the 1960s", in: Mordechai Bar-On (ed.), A California Press, 1976 Never-Ending Conflict: a Guide to Israeli Military History, Prager, 2004 • Israel Kolatt, "The Zionist Movement and the Arabs", in: Jehuda Reinhartz and Anita • Itamar Rabinovich, "The Politics of the Shapira (eds,), “Essential Papers on Region", in: Stephen J. Roth, The Impact of Zionism”, New York and London: New York the Six-Day War: A Twenty-Year University Press, 1996, Assessment”, Macmillan Press, 1988, • Roger Owen, “State, Power and Politics in • Shimon Shamir, "The Yom Kippur War as a the making of the Modern Middle East”, Factor in the Peace Process", in: Barry Rubin, London and New York: Routledge, 2000, Joseph Ginat and Moshe Ma'oz (eds.), “From War to Peace: Arab-Israeli Relations, 1973- • Rashid Khalidi, “The Iron Cage: The Story of 1993”, New York University Press, 1994 the Palestinian Struggle for Statehood”, Beacon Press, 2006, • Yoram Meital, "Drums of War and Bells of Peace: Egypt's Perspective on the 1973 • Avi Shlaim, "Israel and the Arab coalition in War", From War to Peace: Arab-Israeli 1948", Eugene L. Rogan and Avi Shlaim Relations (eds.), “The War for Palestine: Rewriting the z 78 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
• Avraham Sela and Moshe Ma'oz, "The PLO Week Contents Covered in Regional Arab Politics: Taming a Non-State Challenges faced by Islam in present context Actor", The PLO and Israel Tension between ummatic and national identity • Meir Litvak, "The Islamization of the Palestinian-Israeli Conflict: the Case of the Human rights in Islam Hamas", Middle Eastern Studies, 34 (1998) Islam and modernism • David Menashri, "Iran, Israel and the Middle Islam and liberal democracy East Conflict", Israel Affairs, 12, 1 (2006) Islam and secularism • Eyal Zisser, "Hizballah and Israel: Strategic Threat on the Northern Border" Israel Images of Islamic fundamentalism Affairs,12, 1 (2006) Islam and pluralism Privatization, urbanization, globalization neo- colonialism and Islam Course Title Islam and Contemporary Issues Islam and post – modernism and future of Islam Course Code ICM 41193 REFERENCES Course Objectives Prescribed References • To understand various dimensions of Islamic thought in contemporary context • Abu Suleiman, A.H. (1994) “Islamization: Reforming Contemporary Knowledge” • To examine contemporary debates on London: International Institute of Islamic relevance of Islam to present period thought. • To view contemporary global structure from Additional References the Islamic perspective. • Ahamed, A., (1991), “Women and Social • To introduce the students major approaches Justice: Some Legal & Social Issues and controversies in the study of modern inContemporary Muslim Society”, Muslim societies and modern Islam Islamabad, Institute of Political Studies. Z FINAL PROOF 79 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
• Ahamed, A.S. (1999), “Discovering Islam: Course Title International Relations in Islam Making Sense of Muslim History and Society”, New York: Routledge., Course Code ICM 42203 • Ansari, (ed) (2001), “Secularism, Islam and Course Objectives Modernity Khundmiri”, London: Sage • This module is to study the Islamic theory and publications. philosophy of international relations. • Ashan, A.A., (1972), “Ummah or Nation? • It also offers insight into Islamic approach to Identity Crisis in Contemporary Muslim the pursuit of peace, unity, security and Co- Society”, Markfield: operation. • The Islamic Foundation. “Contemporary • It examines the reason why Islamic thought Political Sociology”. has apparently failed to play an active and • Edwards. B.M. (2000), “Globalization constructive role in developing thoughts and Politics and Power”, Oxford: Blackwell ideas in the contemporary world. Publishers. • Moreover, it offers new alternatives to • Nasr, S.H. (1994), “Islam and the Plight of Western thoughts in the field of international Modern Man”, Lahore: SuhailAcademy, relations. Qazi, G., (1990), “Environment and Islam”, Islamabad: DawahAcademy” Week Contents Covered • (1997), “Alternative Perspective: A collection Classical Theory of International Relations of Essays on Contemporary Muslim Society”, Islamic Framework for a Systematic Empirical Colombo: Muslim Women’s Research and Approach in Siyar Action Forum Classification of States from an Islamic • (1996), “Postmodernism and Islam: Perspective Predicament and Promise”, London; Jihad. Rutledge Misinterpreted Verses and Hadiths about Violence Terrorism z 80 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Muslim and Non-Muslim Relations Reflections on • Hamidullah, M. (1993), “Foreign Policy of Some Qur'anic Texts. Muhammad (Sal)”, Islamic Publication, Pvt The Legal Concept of an Islamic State Battles (Ltd), Lahore. during the time of the Prophet (pbuh) and after • Siddeeqi, A.H. (n.d), “Non-Muslim under him Muslim Rule and Muslim under Non – Muslim rule”, Karachi: JammiyathulFalah Political rationale of Prophet's external relations Publish. Issue of Treatment of Banu Qurayzah • NieuwenHuize, (1985), “The Life styles of Islam: Pluralism and Interfaith Dialogue Islam: Resource to Classicism, Need of REFERENCES Realism”, Leiden: EJ Bri Prescribed References • Abu Suleiman A.H. (1993), “Towards an Course Title Islamization of Knowledge Islamic theory of International Relations: Course Code ICM 42213 New Direction for Methodology and Thought”, Virginia: The International Institute Course Objectives of Islamic Thought. The course aims at providing a variety of attempts and approaches to synthesize the ethics of Islam Additional References with various fields of modern thought. Its end • Abdul Rahuman, I. (1994), “Non – Muslim product would be a new ijma (“consensus”) Under the Shariah (Islamic Law)”, among Muslims on an appropriate fiqh Kualampur: A.S. Noordeen. (“jurisprudence”) and a scientific method that did • Francuis, B., (2003), “Face to Face with not violate Islamic ethical norms. Political Islam”, London: I.B. Tauris& Co Ltd. Week Contents Covered Dewisha, A., “Islam in Foreign Policy”, Cambridge: University press, The meaning of phrase “Islamization of • Fahad, O. (1995), “Diplomacy in Islam”, knowledge” Lahore: Islamic Publication (Pvt) Ltd. Definition and Classification of Knowledge Z FINAL PROOF 81 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Islam: Source and Purpose of Knowledge. 2. Hussain, Mohd. Yusuf (ed.).2009. Islamization of Human Sciences: Problems and “Islamization of Human Sciences”. Kuala Prospects Lumpur: IIUM Press. Islamization of Knowledge: Commitment, 3. Ali, Muhammad Mumtaz. 2010. “The History Challenges and Opportunities and Philosophy of Islamization of Knowledge: A Preliminary study of Pioneers thought”. The Qur'anic Perspective of Human Sciences Kuala Lumpur: IIUM Press. Islamization of Knowledge: The Role of Muslim Scholars Additional References Approaches to Islamization of Knowledge 1. Ba-Yunus, Ilyas. 1988. “Al-Faruqi and Beyond: Future Directions in Islamization”. The Philosophy and Methodology of Islamizing American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences Human Sciences 5, no.1: 13‒2 Islamization of Communication and language 2. Haneef, Mohammad Aslam. 2009. “A Critical The Islamization of social sciences Survey of Islamization of Knowledge”. Kuala Islamization of Knowledge: Methodology of Lumpur: IIUM Press. research 3. Haque, Amber, ed. 1999. “Muslims and Process of Islamization of knowledge in a selected Islamization in North America: Problems and country Prospects”. Betsville, MD: Amana A Critical Survey of Islamization of Knowledge Publications. 4. Idris, Jafar Sheikh. 1987. “The Islamization of REFERENCES Sciences: Its Philosophy and Methodology”. Prescribed References American Journal of Islamic Social Sciences ‒ 1. 1995. “Toward Islamization of disciplines”, 4, no. 2: 201 209. Virginia :The International Institute of Islamic 5. Moten, A. Rashid. 1990. “Islamization of Thought Knowledge: Methodology of research in z 82 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Political Science”. American Journal of Week Contents Covered ‒ Islamic Social Sciences 7, no. 2: 161 7 Religion and peace building 6. Rahman, Fazlur. 1988. “Islamization of “Islam” means peace Knowledge: A Response”. American Journal sources of nonviolence in Islam of Islamic Social Sciences, no. 1: 3‒12. Islamic conflict resolution and peace building 7. Siddiqi, Mohammad Nejatullah.1996. “Teaching Economics in Islamic Perspective”. a survey of the sources of peace in the Islamic Jeddah, Saudi Arabia: Islamic Economics tradition Research Center, King Abdulaziz University. Jihad and its multiple implications 8. Siddiqi, Mohammad Nejatullah. 2001. An Islamic model of conflict resolution : principles Economics: An Islamic Approach. Islamabad, and challenges Pakistan: Institute of Policy Studies and Islamic peace education : changing hearts and Leicester, UK: The Islamic Foundation. minds Enhancing skills and capacity building in Islamic Course Title Peaces and Conflict Resolution in Islam peacemaking Course Code ICM 42223 Interfaith dialogue : basic concepts and approaches Course Objectives The aim of this course to make the students to REFERENCES understand the largely unexplored theme of Prescribed References nonviolence and peace building in Islamic religion, tradition. Therefore this course presents solid 1. Abu-Nimer, M. (2008). “Nonviolence and evidence for the existence of principles and values peace building in Islam: theory and practice”. in the Qur'an, Hadith, and Islamic tradition that Gainesville University Press of Florida. support the application of nonviolence and peace 2. Organization, I. I. C. (2002). “Peace, harmony building strategies in resolving disputes. and human values : Islamic perspective”. Z FINAL PROOF 83 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Singapore Muslim Missionary Society 9. Zartman, I. W. (2007). “Peacemaking in Singapore. international conflict: methods & techniques”. Washington, D.C.: United States Institute of 3. Muhaiyaddeen, M. R. B. (2004). “Islam & Peace. world peace: explanations of a Sufi”. Philadelphia: The Fellowship Press. 10. Kyl , M. (2003). “Islam and its quest for peace: jihad, justice and education”. 4. Abu-Nimer, M. (2001). “Reconciliation, Washington, D.C.: Council for Research in justice, and coexistence: theory & practice”. Values and Philosophy. Lanham, Md. : Lexington Books. 11. Khān, V. I. D. N, Khanam, F., (2000). “Islam 5. Pal, A. (2011). "Islam" means peace: and peace”. New Delhi Good word Books. understanding the Muslim principle of nonviolence today”. Santa Barbara, Calif: Additional References Praeger.
6. Huda, Q.-u. (2010). “Crescent and dove: peace and conflict resolution in Islam”. Washington, D.C.: United States Institute of Peace Press.
7. Abu-Nimer, M., Khoury, A., & Welty, E. (2007). “Unity in diversity : interfaith dialogue in the Middle East”. Washington, D.C.: United States Institute of Peace Press.
8. Abu-Nimer, M. (2008). “A framework for nonviolence and peace building in Islam”. Singapore Majlis Ugama Islam Singapore. z 84 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
8.3 Type 1 : The major field of study Course Course Contact Credit (Department of Arabic Language) Code Title Hours Points/Hours 8.3.1 B.A. IN ARABIC LANGUAGE (GENERAL) Elective (0ne of two) st 1 Year – Semester - I GSE 11012 General science 30 2 Course Course Contact Credit PHE 11012 Critical thinking and 30 2 Code Title Hours Points/Hours scientific method
MAIN Auxiliary LGM 11013 Advanced Arabic Language 45 3 SHA 11012 Peace & Social Harmony 30 2 LLM 11023 Arabic Morphology 45 3 TOTAL 17 (or) st LTM 11023 Translation Studies 45 3 1 Year – Semester - II Elective one from minor disciplines MAIN AFM 11013 Basic Accounting 45 3 LGM 12033 Professional Arabic Language 45 3 ECM 11013 Principles of Micro Economics 45 3 LLM 12043 Arabic Syntax 45 3 PSM 11013 Contemporary Political Issues 45 3 (or) ELM 11013 Effective Oral Communication 45 3 LTM 12043 Introduction to Linguistics 45 3 SOM 11013 Understanding of Society: 45 3 Elective one from minor disciplines Process & Structure AFM 12023 Intermediate Accounting 45 3 TLM 11013 Tamil Language & Writing Skills 45 3 ECM 12023 Principles of Macro Economics 45 3 COMPULSORY PSM 12023 Introduction to International 45 3 ELC 11012 Elementary English – I 30 2 Relations ITC 11012 Introduction to Information 30 2 Technology ELM 12023 Advanced Reading and writing 45 3 Z FINAL PROOF 85 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course Course Contact Credit Course Course Contact Credit Code Title Hours Points/Hours Code Title Hours Points/Hours
SOM 12023 Education in Sociological 45 3 ELM 21033 Language Structure and 45 3 Aspects Linguistics TLM 12023 Study of Tamil Literature 45 3 SOM 21033 Environmental Studies 45 3 COMPULSORY TLM 21033 Journalism 45 3 ELC 12012 Elementary English – II 30 2 COMPULSORY ITC 12012 Documents Preparation System 30 2 ELC 21012 Pre Intermediate English – I 30 2 Elective (0ne of two) ITC 21012 Spread Sheet and Presentation 30 2 PME 12022 Principles of Management 30 2 Elective (0ne of two) BME 12022 Basic Mathematics 30 2 HRE 21022 Human Resource Management 30 2 TOTAL 15 HIE 21022 History of Modern Sri Lanka (From 1500 to 1948AD) 30 2 nd 2 Year – Semester - I Auxiliary MAIN SDA 21022 Statistical Data Analysis for 30 2 LGM 21053 Arabic Literature of 45 3 Research Pre-Islamic Era TOTAL 17 LGM 21083 Phonetics 45 3 Elective one from minor disciplines AFM 21033 Financial Management 45 3 ECM 21033 Intermediate Micro Economics 45 3 PSM 21033 State and Transformation 45 3 in the Middle East z 86 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Course Course Contact Credit Course Course Contact Credit Code Title Hours Points/Hours Code Title Hours Points/Hours
nd 2 Year – Semester - II THE 22042 Introduction to Hospitality 30 2 MAIN and Tourism LGM 22133 Arabic Literature of Early Islamic 45 3 TOTAL 15 and Umayyad periods rd LGM 22163 Literary Translation of 45 3 3 Year – Semester - I Holy Quran MAIN Elective one from minor disciplines LGM 31213 Arabic Literature of the 45 3 AFM 22043 Cost and Management 45 3 Abbasid Era Accounting LGM 31243 Selected text in Al Hadeeth 45 3 ECM 22043 Intermediate Macro Economics 45 3 Elective one from minor disciplines PSM 22043 Public Administration and 45 3 AFM 31053 Public Accounting and Finance 45 3 Bureaucracy ECM 31053 Applied Economics 45 3 ELM 22043 Introduction to Literature 45 3 PSM 31053 Public Administration in 45 3 SOM 22043 Globalization and Social Justice 45 3 Sri Lanka TLM 22043 Sri Lankan Tamil Literature 45 3 ELM 31053 Poetry, Fiction and Drama 45 3 COMPULSORY SOM 31053 Gender and Society 45 3 ELC 22012 Pre Intermediate English – II 30 2 TLM 31053 Islamic Tamil Literature 45 3 ITC 22012 Communication and 30 2 COMPULSORY Web Development ELC 31012 Intermediate English – I 30 2 Elective (0ne of two) ITC 31012 Graphical Design Application 30 2 GSE 22042 General Sinhala 30 2 Z FINAL PROOF 87 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course Course Contact Credit Course Course Contact Credit Code Title Hours Points/Hours Code Title Hours Points/Hours
Elective (0ne of two) TLM 32063 Writing of Culture and 45 3 Feminine Literature SOE 31052 Social Problem and Society 30 2 COMPULSORY EPE 31052 Educational Psychology 30 2 ELC 32012 Intermediate English – II 30 2 Auxiliary ITC 32012 Data Base Application 30 2 CDA 31052 Career Development 30 2 Elective (0ne of two) TOTAL 17 RME 32062 Research Methodology 30 2 rd 3 Year – Semester - II CJE 32062 Islamic Criminal Justice 30 2 MAIN TOTAL 15 LGM 32293 Principles of Teaching Arabic 45 3 as a Second Language LGM 32323 Comparative Literature 45 3 Elective one from minor disciplines AFM 32063 Computer Application for 45 3 Accounting ECM 32063 Social Economic Development 45 3 PSM 32063 Democracy and Human Rights 45 3 ELM 32063 English Language Teaching 45 3 Methodology SOM 32063 Development in Sociological 45 3 perspective z 88 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
8.3.2 B.A. IN LINGUISTICS AND TRANSLATION Course Course Contact Credit (HONOURS) Code Title Hours Points/Hours
1st Year – Semester - I PHE 11012 Critical Thinking and 30 2 Scientific Method Course Course Contact Credit Code Title Hours Points/Hours Auxiliary SHA 11012 Peace & Social Harmony 30 2 MAIN TOTAL 17 LGM 11013 Advanced Arabic Language 45 3 st LTM 11023 Translation Studies 45 3 1 Year – Semester - II Elective one from minor disciplines MAIN AFM 11013 Basic Accounting 45 3 LGM 12033 Professional Arabic Language 45 3 ECM 11013 Principles of Micro Economics 45 3 LTM 12043 Introduction to Linguistics 45 3 Elective one from minor disciplines PSM 11013 Contemporary Political Issues 45 3 AFM 12023 Intermediate Accounting 45 3 ELM 11013 Effective Oral Communication 45 3 ECM 12023 Principles of Macro Economics 45 3 SOM 11013 Understanding of Society: Process & Structure 45 3 PSM 12023 Introduction to International 45 3 Relations TLM 11013 Tamil Language & Writing Skills 45 3 ELM 12023 Advanced Reading and writing 45 3 COMPULSORY SOM 12023 Education in Sociological 45 3 ELC 11012 Elementary English – I 30 2 Aspects ITC 11012 Introduction to Information 30 2 TLM 12023 Study of Tamil Literature 45 3 Technology COMPULSORY Elective (0ne of two) ELC 12012 Elementary English – II 30 2 GSE 11012 General science 30 2 ITC 12012 Documents Preparation System 30 2 Z FINAL PROOF 89 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course Course Contact Credit Course Course Contact Credit Code Title Hours Points/Hours Code Title Hours Points/Hours
nd Elective (0ne of two) 2 Year – Semester - II PME 12022 Principles of Management 30 2 MAIN BME 12022 Basic Mathematics 30 2 LTM 22153 Arabic Literature of Early TOTAL 15 Islamic and Umayyad periods 45 3 LTM 22183 Literary Translation of 45 3 2nd Year – Semester - I Holy Quran MAIN LTM 22203 Brief history of translation 45 3 (Arabic, Tamil and English) LTM 21073 Arabic Literature of 45 3 Pre-Islamic Era COMPULSORY LTM 21103 Phonetics 45 3 ELC 2202 Pre Intermediate English – II 30 2 LTM 21123 Arabic Dialect 45 3 ITC 22012 Communication and 30 2 COMPULSORY Web Development ELC 21012 Pre Intermediate English – I 30 2 Elective (0ne of two) ITC 21012 Spread Sheet and Presentation 30 2 BSE 22042 Basic Sinhala 30 2 Elective (0ne of two) THE 22042 Introduction to Hospitality 30 2 HRE 21022 Human Resource Management 30 2 and Tourism HIE 21022 History of Modern Sri Lanka 30 2 TOTAL 15 (From 1500 to 1948 AD) Auxiliary SDA 21022 Statistical Data Analysis for 30 2 Research TOTAL 17 z 90 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Course Course Contact Credit Course Course Contact Credit Code Title Hours Points/Hours Code Title Hours Points/Hours
3rd Year – Semester - I 3rd Year – Semester - II MAIN MAIN LTM 31233 Arabic Literature of the 45 3 LTM 32313 Principles of Teaching Arabic 45 3 Abbasid Era as a Second Language LTM 31263 Selected text in Al Hadeeth 45 3 LTM 32343 Comparative Literature 45 3 LTM 31283 Counseling Skills in Islamic view 45 3 LTM 32363 Comparative Studies of Religion 45 3 COMPULSORY COMPULSORY ELC 31012 Intermediate English – I 30 2 ELC 32012 Intermediate English – II 30 2 ITC 31012 Graphical Design Application 30 2 ITC 32012 Data Base Application 30 2 Elective (0ne of two) Elective (0ne of two) SOE 31052 Social Problem and society 30 2 RME 32062 Research Methodology 30 2 EPE 31052 Issues in Educational Psychology 30 2 CJE 32062 Islamic Criminal Justice 30 2 Auxiliary TOTAL 15 CDA 31052 Career Development 30 2
TOTAL 17 Z FINAL PROOF 91 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course Course Contact Credit 8.3.3 B.A. IN ARABIC LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE Code Title Hours Points/Hours (HONOURS) st 4th Year – Semester - I 1 Year – Semester - I Course Course Contact Credit MAIN Code Title Hours Points/Hours LTM 41473 Language psychology 45 3 LTM 41483 Semantics 45 3 MAIN LGM 11013 Advanced Arabic Language 45 3 LTM 41493 Practical Translation in Islamic Finance 45 3 LLM 11023 Arabic Morphology 45 3 LTM 41503 Journalism and Translation 45 3 Elective one from minor disciplines LTM 41513 State of Arabic Language AFM 11013 Basic Accounting 45 3 in Sri Lanka 45 3 ECM 11013 Principles of Micro Economics 45 3 LTM 41523 Internship 2 PSM 11013 Contemporary Political Issues 45 3 TOTAL 17 ELM 11013 Effective Oral Communication 45 3 SOM 11013 Understanding of Society: 45 3 4th Year – Semester - II Process & Structure TLM 11013 Tamil Language & Writing Skills 45 3 MAIN COMPULSORY LTM 42533 Practical Translation in 45 3 Islamic Political ELC 11012 Elementary English – I 30 2 LTM 42543 Comparative Linguistics 45 3 ITC 11012 Introduction to Information 30 2 Technology LTM 42553 Translation of Official, 45 3 Elective (0ne of two) Administrative and Legal Documents GSE 11012 General science 30 2 LTM 42566 Dissertation 6 PHE 11012 Critical Thinking and TOTAL 15 Scientific method 30 2 z 92 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Course Course Contact Credit Course Course Contact Credit Code Title Hours Points/Hours Code Title Hours Points/Hours
Auxiliary Elective (0ne of two) SHA 11012 Peace & Social Harmony 30 2 PME 12022 Principles of Management 30 2 TOTAL 17 BME 12022 Basic Mathematics 30 2 TOTAL 15 1st Year – Semester - II 2nd Year – Semester - I MAIN MAIN LGM 12033 Professional Arabic Language 45 3 LLM 21063 Arabic Literature of Pre-Islamic Era 45 3 LLM 12043 Arabic Syntax 45 3 LLM 21093 Phonetics 45 3 Elective one from minor disciplines LLM 21113 Quranic Sciences 45 3 AFM 12023 Intermediate Accounting 45 3 COMPULSORY ECM 12023 Principles of Macro Economics 45 3 ELC 21012 Pre Intermediate English – I 30 2 PSM 12023 Introduction to International 45 3 Relations ITC 21012 Spread Sheet and Presentation 30 2 Elective (0ne of two) ELM 12023 Advanced Reading and writing 45 3 HRE 21022 Human Resource Management 30 2 SOM 12023 Education in Sociological 45 3 Aspects HIE 21022 History of Modern Sri Lanka 30 2 (From 1500 to 1948AD) TLM 12023 Study of Tamil Literature 45 3 Auxiliary COMPULSORY SDA 21022 Statistical Data Analysis for 30 2 ELC 12012 Elementary English – II 30 2 Research
ITC 12012 Documents Preparation System 30 2 TOTAL 17 Z FINAL PROOF 93 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course Course Contact Credit Course Course Contact Credit Code Title Hours Points/Hours Code Title Hours Points/Hours
2nd Year – Semester - II 3rd Year – Semester - I MAIN MAIN LLM 22143 Arabic Literature of Early 45 3 LLM 31223 Arabic Literature of the 45 3 Islamic and Umayyad Periods Abbasid Era LLM 22173 Literary Translation of 45 3 LLM 31253 Selected text in Al Hadeeth 45 3 Holy Quran LLM 31273 Counseling Skills in Islamic view 45 3 LLM 22193 Hadeeth Sciences 45 3 COMPULSORY COMPULSORY ELC 31012 Intermediate English – I 30 2 ELC 2202 Pre Intermediate English – II 30 2 ITC 31012 Graphical Design Application 30 2 ITC 22012 Communication and 30 2 Elective (0ne of two) Web Development SOE 31052 Social Problem and Society 30 2 Elective (0ne of two) EPE 31052 Educational Psychology 30 2 BSE 22042 Basic Sinhala 30 2 Auxiliary THE 22042 Introduction to Hospitality 30 2 and Tourism CDA 31052 Career Development 30 2 TOTAL 15 TOTAL 17 z 94 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Course Course Contact Credit Course Course Contact Credit Code Title Hours Points/Hours Code Title Hours Points/Hours
3rd Year – Semester - II 4th Year – Semester - I MAIN MAIN LLM 32303 Principles of Teaching Arabic LLM 41373 Rhetorical Sciences 45 3 as a Second Language 45 3 LLM 41383 Arabic Language and 45 3 LLM 32333 Comparative Literature 45 3 Contemporary world LLM 32353 Comparative Studies of Religion 45 3 LLM 41393 Modern Arabic Literature 45 3 COMPULSORY LLM 41403 Arabic Literature in Andale’s, 45 3 States and Kingdoms period ELC 32012 Intermediate English – II 30 2 LLM 41413 Literary view of Islamic 45 3 ITC 32012 Data Base Application 30 2 Philosophy Elective (0ne of two) LLM 41423 Internship 2 RME 32062 Research Methodology 30 2 TOTAL 17 CJE 32062 Islamic Criminal Justice 30 2 4th Year – Semester - II TOTAL 15 MAIN LLM 42433 Comparative Grammar 45 3 LLM 42443 Language inimitability of the 45 3 Quran LLM 42453 Literary Criticism 45 3 LLM 42463 Dissertation 6 TOTAL 15 Z FINAL PROOF 95 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course units in Brief Origin of Human language, Theory of Intuition and apprehension, Theory of analog and terminology, Course Title Introduction to Linguistics Linguistic groups Course Code LTM 12043 Modern linguistic Introductions and the Islamic linguistic Princples: Course Objectives Descriptive introduction in the study of language The course aims at: (Linguistic component for culture - linguistic i. the definition of linguistics , meanings, propotion), Islamic and Western theories basics and its classification regarding language (Selected texts), Linguistic ii. the study of language rationale ( Chomsky’s Theories: Innate linguistic capacity, Linguistic competency, verbal iii. manipulation performance, surface structure and deep iv. the training on the analysis of forms and structure) phrases Islamic linguistic principles: Week Contents Covered An Islamic view on the reality of language and its function, on the difference of languages, Preface: examination of linguistic usage, and the impact of Definition of linguistics and philology, Scientific language on the construction of behavior, linguistic method and the subjects of linguistics formation of social relationships, the influence of and its branches mother-tongue in the contact of verbal The reality of language and its characteristics: communication, the relation between linguistic Origin of the concept of human linguistics and its knowledge and canonical knowledge and the development, selected definitions for the language connection of Arabic language with Islam from modern linguistic study and Islamic heritage, An Introduction to Morphology: Opinions of scholars on the origin of human Definition of Morphemes, allomorph and morph, language and its characteristics Distinction between a morpheme and the word, Concept of the language from modern linguistic Types of morphemes, Analytic morphemic study and Islamic heritage: applications. z 96 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
An Introduction to Syntax: Darul Uloom, 1982 Basics of the theory of generative and Zakariyya, Mishal. ‘Al Alsuniyya (Ilmul Lugha transformative grammer): Al Hadith) Al Mabadi’ Wal A’laam’ Grammatic Rules, Standard, generative and Beirut, Al Muassasathul Jamieyya, 2nd Ed., 1983 transformative rules, generative, transformative and analytical applications Shahen, Thoufeek. ‘Ilmul Lugha Al Aam’. Cairo, Makthabathu Wahba, 1980 REFERENCES Nasr, Raja T. ”The Essentials of Linguistic Prescribed References Science”, England: Longman,1983 Kharma, Naif. ‘Adhwa Alad Dirasathil Lughawiyya Al Muaasira’, Kuwaith Course Title Arabic Literary Criticism Alamul Ma’rifa, 2nd Edi., (1979) Abdus Salam, Ahmad Sheikh. ‘Al Lughawiyyath Course Code LLM 42453 Al Aamma’, Kuala Lambur, Course Objectives International Islamic University of Malaysia, 2nd - Follow the origin and development of Arabic Ed., 2006 literary criticism in the course of time Additional References - Define the methods of literary criticism, its theories and directions Al Rajihi, Abduh. ‘An Nahwul Arabi Wad Darsul Hadith’. Beirut - Train the students to understand the terminology, the concepts of criticism and the its application on Darun Nahdha Al Arabiyya, 1979 texts of eloquence As Sa’ran, Mahmud. ‘Ilmul Lugha: Muqaddima - Know the eminent critics and their role in this Lil Qari Al Arabi’, Beirut science and their works of criticism Darun Nahdha Al Arabiyya, 1980 Week Contents Covered Hasanain, Salahuddin Saleh. ‘Dirasath Fi Ilmil Lugha’, Riyadh. An Introduction to the basic literary terminology of criticism Z FINAL PROOF 97 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
- the concept of criticism, the concept of - criticism in the fourth century: its directions, speech, Values of Critics, Criticism and its principles of criticism in wondrous books, types and schools of thought, the profession critic struggle around Abu Thammam and of criticism Buhthuri, and the critic strife around Criticism and Eloquence - History, development, Muthanabbi motives of criticism and its factors - criticism in the fifth century: its trends and - criticism in Jahiliyya period : its domains, directions, continuance of critic strife around characteristics and various form Muthanabbi, Spanish criticism and its eminent scholars, Al Imam Abdul Cadir, and - criticism in the Islamic period: stand of Quran the two theories of verse and eloquence towards poetry and poets, the stand of Prophet (PBUH), his critic measures, the - Modern period: verbal criticism and its stand of Prophet’s companions, their critic directions: (structural, methodical, anatomical measures and samples of criticism and decompositional, novel criticism, criticism of compliance with the reader and - criticism in the Omayyad period: its diverse the theory of reception manifestations, its various forms, critic measure in this period, criticism of foremost Major theory of criticism: philologists and linguistics Classical and the concept of imitation, Romanticism and the concept of imagination, - criticism in the second century: outspread of Realism and the concept of expressionism and criticism of philologists and linguistics, the symbolism, and the theory of Intuition issue of literary theft, the struggle between the former critics and modernists Critic Issues: - criticism in the third century: its directions, its the art of poetry, definition of poetry, the factions, faction of linguistics and philologists, backbone of Arabic poetry, poetic thefts, the issue faction of scholars who were slightly of letter and meaning, the ancient and modern, influenced by foreign cultures and those were natural and fabricated, clarity and obscurity, influenced enormously literary comparison, wonderous nature of Al Quran z 98 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Critic analysis of literature Course Title Rhetorical Science How you can criticize a text: Course Code LLM 41373 Prerequisites of a critic, the method of criticism, commendable criticism and detestable criticism, Course Objectives applications (samples for criticism) - know the concept of rhetorics, its Study of some of the eminent critics elements and its history Umar bin Khattab, Ali bin Abu Thalib (May Allah - enable students understand rhetoric be pleased with them) wonderment of the Holy Quran Saeed bin Musayyab and Hasan Al Basari - promote the rhetoric taste of students Sufyan Al Thouri and Abdul Cadir Al Jurhani - make the students understand rhetoric REFERENCES methods
Prescribed References Week Contents Covered Thaha Ahmad Ibrahim, ‘Thareekh An Naqd Al An Introduction about Rhetorics Arabi’, 2008, Darul Kutub Al Ilmiyyah - Rhetorics and Eloquence linguistically and Mahmud Al Rabdawi, ‘Al Mukhthabar Min Kuthub technically An Naqd’, 1961, Muassasathu Al Risala, Beirut - Divisions of Rhetorics Additional References Rhetoric Science - Origin and development Ibn Salam Al Jumahi, ‘Thabakathu Fuhool Al - Rhetorics before the revelation of the Holy Shuara’’ Quran Ihsan Abbas, ‘Thareekh An Naqd Al Adabi’, - The impact of Holy Quran on rhetorics Shawki Dhaib, ‘Al Naqd Al Adabi’ Ilmul Ma’aani - its concept and definition - Goal, (Forwarding and postponement) - Exigency Application Z FINAL PROOF 99 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Ilmul Bayan Furqan, 1990 - Terminology of Ilmul Bayan (Rhetoric) and its Ahmad Al Hashimi, “Jawaheerul Balagha” meaning Al Jurjani, Abdul Qahir, “Asrarul Balagha” - Allegory, metaphor,(Mursal) ……………… and allusion - Allegory in the Holy Quran Course Title Literary View of Islamic Philosophy Application Course Code LLM 41413 Ilmul Badi’ (The Science of Figures of Speech) - Its meaning and dimensions Course Objectives - Al Muhassinath (Literal and Ideative - awareness of modern and Islamic Embellishers) philosophy - Al Jinas, Al Thibaq, Al Muqabalah, Al - advancement of students to understand Thouriya, Al Saj’ and explain complicated terms used in (Pun, Antithesis, Requittal, Allusion and this field Rhymed Prose) - comparative study between Islamic and Application modern philosophy REFERENCES Learning Outcomes Prescribed References - define the technical terminology - in Al Samarrai, Fadil Saleh,”Balaghathul Kalima Fith frame and content Tha’beeril Qurani’, - distinguish between correct and Cairo, Sharikathul Athik,2006 incorrect philosophy Ameen, Musthafa Wal Jarim, Ali, “Al Balagha Al - change behaviors and character Wadiha”, Cairo,Darul Ma’aarif - evaluate the extent of conformity Additional References between correct Islamic philosophy and Abbas, Fadl Hasan,”Al Balagha: Funoonuha Wa its subjects Afnanuha (Ilmul Bayan Wal Badi’)”, Jordan, Darul z 100 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Week Contents Covered Hussein bin Mansur Al Hallaj - his mysticism, the theory of Hallaj on mind Introduction to Philosophy - his theory on the muhammadean light - origin of the word ‘philosophy’, definition of philosophy, the need of man to philosophy, Al Ghazzali and his mysticism the impact of philosophy on the life of an - The impact of Ghazzali’s mysticism on the individual and nations, Islamic philosophy Islamic world and its relation with Greek philosophy - The theory of Ghazzali on happiness and …… …… A short history of Greek, Indian and Persian philosophies Ibn Arabi - his birth and bringing up Origin of Thasawwuf (Islamic mysticism) - his ideas on the oneness of creation - The factors that influenced in Islamic - Wisdom with Ibn Arabi mysticism: - Christianity, Modern Platonism, - The theory of divine love: Islamic mysticism The Holy Quran, The life of Prophet between acceptance and rejection Muhammad (PBUH) and his companions Al Farabi Mysticism and Asceticism - his ideas around the soul, existence of Allah, The factors that led to the development of His uniqueness and on morality and asceticism and its branches happiness etc. The difference between asceticism and - his place in philosophy, his compilations and monasticism his policies - Sufist view of asceticism Ibn Sina (Avicenna) Sufism, its progress and characteristics - his life and compilations - Sufism in the third and fourth centuries of Hiji - his opinion on ……………….. era - his theory about the soul - Sufism in the fifth century of Hijri era - his opinion on happiness - The impact of Sufism on human, Islamic - his opinion on revealation thought Z FINAL PROOF 101 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Al Kindi - the concept of essence, accident and attribute - his philosophic thoughts on the existence of - the man Allah, His uniqueness, the soul and the - kinds of wisdom incidence of world Marxist Philosophy, Existensionalism, Secularism, Ibn Rushd Masonism and the stand of philosophy towards - history of his life and important compilations these. - his opinion on the existence of Allah and his REFERENCES uniqueness - his stand on conformity between the religion Prescribed References and philosophy Watt. W.M. (1962) “Islamic Surveys: Islamic Modern Philosophy Philosophy and Theology” - the characteristics of modern philosophic thinking Additional References - the concept of modern philosophy Qayyim, Allam Ibn (2001) “The Soul”. New Delhi, - the age of revival and its aspects Adam Publishers Francis Bacon and his Philosophy - Classification of sciences - new methodology Course Title Brief History of Translation - induction …etc. (Arabic, English and Tamil) - Descartes and the issue of skepticism - philosophical skepticism and its importance Course Code LTM 22203 - the idea of Allah and the knowledge of the Course Objectives self - discover the role of translation in the - the issue of relationship between the soul and transfer of human knowledge among the body themselves - the impact of Descartes’s philosophy - Espinosa and his philosophic ideas - expound the history of translators and their role in the progress of translation - Allah and nature - train students in the translation of z 102 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
famous translated texts from the three - Tolstoy’s writings languages (Arabic, English and Tamil) Translations to English and understand them fully - Bible Week Contents Covered Translations to Tamil History of Translation with Arabs and the West - A.L.Nadarajan, Alaavudeenum Atpuda - A short history of the development of the Wilakkum, Aruna Publication, three languages (Arabic, English and Tamil) Chennai, 1977 - History of Translation with Arabs and the - N.K.Wealan, Sindu Bath Kadat Payanam, West Kalaham, 1990 - Translation in modern times REFERENCES Biography of some prominent translators - Salim Qubaan Prescribed References - Sulaiman Busthani Basil Hathim and Iyan Mason, “Al Khitab Wal - Thaha Hussain Mutharjam”, King Saud University, An Nashr Al - Najib Haddad Ilmi Wal Mathabi’, 1998 Tamil Additional References - Sara Poji - M.A.Nuhman Hasan, Muhammad Abdul Ghaniy, “Fan Al tharjuma Fil Adab Al Arabi, Al Dharul Misriyya Lil English Tha’leef Wal Tharjuma, Cairo, 1966 - William Tyndale Zaithooni, Latheef, “Harakathu Al Tharjama Fi Asr - Jarj Sabman An Nahdha”, Dharun Nahar, Beirut, 1994 Some Translations to the Arabic Language Nabokov, Translator’s Introduction in A.Pushkin, - Illiad - Thaha Al Busthani Eugene Oriegin, Translated from Russian with a - Cleopatra - Shakespeare commentary, by Vladimir, 1964 - Odyssey - Taha Husain Nida.EA,”Bible Translating” in R.Brower, 1959 - Kalilah Wa Dimnah - Ibn Al Muqaffa’ Nida. EA, and Taber. CR, “The Theory of Practice - Alfu Laila Wa Laila of Translation”, Leiden:E.J.Brill,1969 Z FINAL PROOF 103 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course Title Arabic Literature of Early Islamic and Week Contents Covered Umayyad period 1-2 Introduction to the Islamic period Course Code LGM 22133 - A historic preview of Islamic period - Period of the Prophet (PBUH) Course Objectives - Period of the Rightly Guided Caliphs The course aims at: - Omayyad Period 1. the knowledge of political, social and 3-4 - Islamic measure of the literature economic conditions at the period of the - The characteristics of Islamic literature Prophet and the rightly guided caliphs - Accusations of Orientalists against Islam and Bani Omayya on the matter of literature 2. making the students familiar with main - Stand of Islam towards poetry and poets arts of Arabic Literature at the period of 5 The content of Poetry at the outset of Islam the outset of Islam and the period of Bani - Poetic objects at the outset of Islam Omayya and its characteristics - Eulogy 3. notification of students on the extent of - Lampooning influence which Islam created in the - Zealousness formation thinking and aesthetics in the - Elegy literature of this period 6 Al Mukhadramoon Poets at the outset of Islam 4. providing them with the knowledge on - Hassan bin Thabith the subjects of poetry and its trends in - Ka’b bin Zuhair this period - Al Huthaiah 5. training them on the analysis of selected 7-8 An analytic study of the subjective trends of literary texts literally and thematically poetry at the outset of Islam through the texts 6. explaining the role of Arabic to - Boasting and lampooning of Hassan bin prominent poets and writers of the Thabith period - Story of generosity of Huthaiah - eulogy of Ka’b bin Zuhair z 104 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
9-10 Artistic prose at the outset of Islam and its Additional References development Oratory and its samples Rawaha Mir Al Adab Al Arabi HAshim Salih - Sermon of the Prophet (PBUH) Manra - Sermon of the rightly guided Caliphs - Epistles and their samples 11-12 An Introduction to Omayyad literature Course Title Comparative Linguistics - Omayyad literature and the prominent Course Code LTM 42543 influencing factors on it Poetry Course Objectives Objects of Poetry at the Omayyad Period - discover the common and different - Political Poetry (with exercises) characteristics among various - Eulogy (with exercises) languages - Lampooning (with exercises) - concern with the knowledge of linguistic - Contradictory Poems (with exercises) groups - Poetry of conquests and Islamic - comparative study of Hamito-Semitic propagation (with exercises) languages 13-14 Prose in Omayyad Period - treat linguistic phenomena among Oratory (with exercises) Hindu-European and Hamito-Semitic Epistles (with exercises) languages by way of application of contrast method 15 Prominent Omayyad Poets - Jareer Week Contents Covered - Al Farazdaq Introduction REFERENCES - The concept of comparative linguistics - The function of comparative linguistics Prescribed References - Basics of comparative research - The directions of comparative research Thareekhul Adab Al Arabi: Islamic period, - Comparative Linguistic study - origin and Dr.Shouqi progress Z FINAL PROOF 105 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
History of Human languages REFERENCES - Linguistic Issue - A historical View - Conceit of Nations with their language Prescribed References - Linguistic groups Hazim Ali Kamaluddin, “Ilmul Lugha Al Muqaran”, - Characteristics of Semitic Languages Makthabathul Aadaab, 1999 - Modes of difference between semitic and Hindu-European groups Additional References Application Dr.Ba’laki, Ramzy Munir, “Fiqhul Arabiyya Al - The vowel of letter denoting future in Muqarana”, Darul Ilm Lilmalayeen, 1999 Hamito-Semitic languages Palmar Leomard, Descriptive and Comparative - Word of single syllable and dual syllable Linguistics, London,1972 - Morpheme of desinential inflection in Siewiersk Anna, The Passive - “A Comparative Hamito-Semitic languages Linguistic Analyze”, London, 1984 - Silent consonants in Semitic groups Duality and Plural in Semitic languages Desinential inflection in a language and its proof Course Title Literary Translation of Holy Quran in Semitic languages Course Code LGM 22163 Single Words in the Semitic group Course Objectives The concept of contrast method and its - make the students understand the dimensions meanings of Holy verses Application: - analyze the words and linguistic - Time order in Arabic and English methods in the Holy texts languages - open the mind of student toward the - Numeral in Semitic and Hindu-European concept and dimensions of Quranic languages commentary and expression - Masculine and Feminine genders in - point out the places of eloquence in the Arabic, English and French languages Hloy text z 106 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Week Contents Covered - Islamic view on sorcery Introduction to Thafseer - the story of Musa (A.S) and Pharoah - the concept of Thafseer from the verses - types of Thafseer - commentary of the Holy verses - origin of Thafseer and its development Admonitions of Luqman to his son - Verses of Al Quran and Arabic literature Surah Lukman from 13-19 - impact of Quran on Arabic literature - analysis of words - Quranic expression - the lessons contained in the verses - Artistic accumulation mentioned - Artistic accumulation in the Holy Quran - commentary of the verses along with Chapter - Al Maa’oon grammatical structures - Content of the Surah The obligation of Fasting from Surah Al Baqara - vocabulary and linguistic skills - commentary of the surah verses from 183 - 185 - Advantages of the surah - meanings of words - virtues of fasting and its rules Chapter - Al Thoor - grammatical rules - Content of the Surah - analyze the places of eloquence in the REFERENCES Holy text - commentary of the surah Prescribed References - lessons derived from the verses Al Jazairi, Al Sheikh Abu bakr, “Aiysaruth Chapter - Al Dhukhan Thafaseer”, Makthabathul Uloom Wal Hikam, - desinential inflection of Quranic verses Madinah, 2007 - the matter of Al Bara ath night - commentary of the verses Additional References - sights of the Final Day Abu Ja’far Muhammad bin Jarir Al Thabari, Chapter - Al Shua’raa “Thafseerul Kubra”, Darul Kutb Al Ilmiyya, 1971 - the stand of Islam towards poetry and Abul Qasim Darullah Mahmud bin Omar bin poets Muhammad Al Zamakhshari, “Thafseerul Z FINAL PROOF 107 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Kashshaf”, Darul Kutb Al Ilmiyya, Beirut, 2003 History of Tamil and Arabic Journalism Fadhil Al Saamar Rai’, “Al Tha’beer Al Qurani”, The role of Arabic and Tamil Journalism in the Daru Ammar, Oman, 1998 progress of journal Abul Fida Ismail bin Omar bin Katheer, “Al Methods and progress of Tamil and Arabic Misbah Al Muneer Fi Thahtheebi Thafseeri Ibn journalistic editorship Katheer, Darus Salam Lin Nashr Wath Thouzee’”, 2000 How news, reports, essays, journalistic editorials and advertisements could be written Technologies and characteristics Course Title Journalism and Translation The problems of Journalistic translation, errors Course Code LTM 41503 and the use of technical terminology Course Objectives Writing of dramatic texts for radio and television - definition of the importance, origin and Applications the development of the means of - Arabic Texts information and communication - Tamil Texts - Examination of the condition of Arabic - English Texts and Tamil Journalism together REFERENCES - developing the journalistic editorial skills of students Prescribed References - train the students on the translation of Shandirika Subramaniam, Inraya Ithaliyal, terminology used in journalism and Kumaran Publishers, Vadapalani, Chennai transfer of news from a language to Additional References another Arul Thiru Roopan Marayampillai, (2001), Week Contents Covered Paththirihai Thuraiku Oar Arimugam, Punitha Introduction to the means of Electronic and Velan Catholika Ashramam, Jaffna printable information and communication z 108 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Course Title Advanced Arabic Language Talking skill - Reading of sample Arabic talks Course Code LGM 11013 - Training of students on talking Course Objectives Writing skill The course is aimed at: - Training of students to summarize the part read verbally 1- developing the ability of the student in reading written works Writing skill - Reading of sample journalistic reports 2- developing the ability of writing in an - Training the students to repeat the acceptable manner formation of the specified text in their 3- developing the ability of the students for own way active communication in standard Arabic language Reading of samples from scientific essays - Training of students to extract the 4- raising the creative level of students for main ideas from the text and render it mutual linguistic dealing again Week Contents Covered Samples of Arabic talks Reading skill - Training students on talking in Arabic - Reading of essays on contemporary Speaking skill situations - Training the students on delivering - utilization of the structures in the essay speeches by way of asking the students in the expressions of students to select one of the topics or a situation to speak about Reading skill - Training the students on discussion and - Reading of short stories debate by way of dividing them into two - Training of students to summarize the groups and preparing them to discuss on stories read verbally one of the hot issues. Z FINAL PROOF 109 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
REFERENCES Week Contents Covered Prescribed References An Introduction to Translation - definition of translation Cassim Riyadh Zaki, “Thakniyathu Al Tha’beer Al - Kinds of translation Arabi”, Darul Ma’rifa, Beirut, 2000 A.D. - Strategy of transfer while translation Additional References Principles of Translation and its schools Ali Yusri, Arabic Talk, Markazu Ad Deewan Li - Prerequisites of good translation and a Tha’leemil Lugha Al Arabiyya, 2004 A.D., good translator Al Qira’ah Al Muyassara, King Saud University - Steps in translation Publication, Riyadh, 1984 A.D. - Methods of translation Saheefathu Al Alam Al Islami Problems in Translation - Literal translation Course Title Translation Studies - Mechanical translation - Errors in translation Course Code LTM 11023 Manners of agreement and disagreement Course Objectives between the source and target languages in - make the students know the basics of selected issues translation and its methods - find suitable meaning to words - make them understand the problems of - articles and prepositions translation - tenses in language - train students on the translation of - adjectives words, sentences and terminology used - compound and complex sentences in certain situations Application - know the places of agreement and - abbreviations disagreement between the source - translation of advertisements and language and the target language editorials (Arabic, English and Tamil) - Idioms z 110 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
REFERENCES - Explain the three powers in legal politics - Train on explaining and understanding Prescribed References the terminology found in the subject of Muhammad Hasan Yusuf, “Kaifa Thutharjimu?” Al politics Jamiathul Amreekiyya, Kuwait, 2006 Week Contents Covered Additional References Political System Abdul Salam As Seyyid Munsi, Abdullah Abdur - Concepts Razzak Ibrahim, “Al Tharjuma: Usooluha, Wa - Political concepts in Islam mabadiuha, Wa thathbeekathuha,“ Darul - Divine politics and rational politics and Mirreekh Lin Nashr, Riyadh, 1988 the difference between them Daleelul Mutharjim, Wahdathuth Tharjuma Al - Characteristics of Political System Arabiyya, United Nations Organisation for - Political Theory in Islam Industrial Development,Vienna, 1983 - History of Islamic Political System - Basics of Islamic Politics (consultation, Mahdi Budaira, “Qawaidu Al Tharjuma min wa ilal oath of allegiance, equality, justice and Inkleeziyya” Makthabathur Razi, Damascus, 1975 freedom) Peter Newmark, Approaches to Translation, - Administrative systems of Rightly Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1981 guided, Omayyad and Abbsid caliphate State Course Title Practical Translation in Islamic Political - the concept of state - the concept of Islamic state Course Code LTM 42533 - Basic Principles of state - People, Land and Government Course Objectives - know the Political System in Islam and Power (Authority) be aware of its characteristics by its - concept of power comparison with other systems - kinds of power - learn the essence of state, its - Administrative, legislative, judicial and fundamentals and the Islamic State executive powers Z FINAL PROOF 111 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Political terminology (Training on analysis - Political texts (practical translation) literally and in meaning) - Letters of the Prophet(PBUH) to kings - Caliphate, leadership, sultanate, emirate - Treaty of Hudaibiyya and soverignity - Sermon of Abu bakr (R.A) when he - agreement and arbiteration became a caliph - covenant and crown prince - Correspondence of Caliph Omar (R.A) to - policy Governors and Administrative Officers - subjects (?) - Correspondence of Umar bin Abdul Aziz - Law with his governors - Sermon of Governor Hajjaj bin Yusuf - Private statistics - Sermon of Saladdin Al Ayyubi at the - truce conquest of the city of Quds - principles, theories, rules and fundamentals REFERENCES - inception Prescribed References - state council - council of elders Dr.Abdul Aziz Izzath Al Khayyath, “ Al Nilham Al - cabinet of ministers Siyasi Fil Islam”, Darus Salam, Cairo, 1999 - Parliament Additional References - dissolution of parliament Al Mawardi, Abul Hasan Ali bin Muhammad bin - Treasury, head tax, enemy territory, Habib Al Basri Al Baghdadi, “Al Ahkam Al non-muslim subjects, holy war and Sulthaniyya wal Wilayath Al Deeniyyah”, Darul booty Kutb Al Ilmiyya, 2001 - ministers and judiciary Muhammad Abdul Hay bin Abdul Kabir bin - democracy, secularism, materialism, Muhammad Al Hasani Al Idrisi Al Kitabi, “ Nilham dictatorship and femininism Al Hukoomiyya Al Nabawiyya”, Darul Kuthb Al - globalization Ilmiyya, 2001 - Human rights Al Suyoothi, Al Hafiz Jalaluddin, “Thareekhul - equality, justice and freedom Khulafa”, Makthabathu Isha’ath Al Islam, India z 112 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Course Title Practical Translation in Islamic Finance - Islamic Economy - Islamic Theory on Production, Course Code LTM 41493 consumption and Income Course Objectives Difference between Islamic and traditional - make the students aware of Islamic and Financing ( trade and interest) traditional Finance in short The Prohibited things in Islamic Financing - instruct them on the issues of - Usury and such like, deception, risk (?) , contemporary finance lottery, game of chance, playing tricks - train them to understand and explain the and others contemporary technical terminology Selected issues of juristic value on contemporary - acquire professional and banking financial matters experience in Islamic financing - Trade on bank cheques - shares and bills Syllabus Details - Sale of goods in installments Week Contents Covered - Lease which expires by possession - contemporary bank dealings based on Introduction: interest - the concept of Islamic financing and - business insurance and life insurance Banking - dealings in security accounts- - importance and goals of Islamic financing and Banking Financial, technical Terminology - Historic background for the origin and - Limited Partnership progress of Banking and Islamic - Co-Partnership financing for the last three decades - Resale with an advance - Insurance Principles: - Security - Capitalism - leasing - Communism - Forward buying - Socialism Z FINAL PROOF 113 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
- Loans and advance 2- develop communal harmony by - sale by instalments explaining the common dividers among - shares religion 3- make the students know the method of REFERENCES comparison and its style among religions Prescribed References by treating some important issues
Sa’duddin Mus’id Hilali, “Al Azmina Al Maliyyah Week Contents Covered Wa Hulool Islamiyya”, Darus Salam, Cairo, 2006 Introduction to the study of comparative religions Additional References - Advantages of this subject and its Dr.Ramadhan Hafiz Abdur Rahman,”Moukif Al importance Shariah Al Islamiyyah Minal Bunk”, Darus Salam, - methods of comparison among religions Cairo, 2005 - Divisions of religions Dr.Saleh bin Fouzan, “Al Mulakhkhasul Fiqhi”, - Religiousness and Atheism in the world Darul Asima, Judaism Iqbal Munawwar, Islamic Banking and finance, - concept of Judaism and the cause of its Current Developments in Theory and Practice, name Muhammad Taqi Usmani, Introduction to Islamic - a short glimpse on the history of Finance, AAOIFI Shariah Standards (Latest) Judaism - Prophet Moses (PBUH) and Torah - Beliefs of Jews and their morality Course Title Studies of Comparative Religion - Zionism Course Code LTM 32363 - Jewish sects - Judaism at present Course Objectives Christianity The course aims at: - definition of Christianity 1- instruct the learners of basic information - Stages of Christianity through history about five major religions - Perverted beliefs z 114 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
- Belief of Muslims and Christians on - Peace and Treaty Jesus (PBUH) - Human Rights - Catholics and Protestants A comparative study among religions - Bible - Deity and lordship - Christianity in modern times - The Day of Resurrection Hinduism - Accountability and Reward - A short glimpse on the history of - Asking for pardon and Forgiveness Hinduism REFERENCES - Aryan culture - Deities of Hinduism Prescribed References - Its main and subsidiary sources Religions and Contemporary sects - Its main beliefs - Hinduism in modern times Additional References Buddhism - Origin of Buddhism and its development Course Title Comparative Studies of Religion - Buddhist beliefs and its instructions - Main Buddhist sects Course Code LLM 32353 - Buddhism in modern times Course Objectives Islam The course aims at: - Religious condition of the Arabian 4- instruct the learners of basic information Peninsula and the appearance of Islam about five major religions - Prophet Muhammad (PBUH) - Fundamentals of Iman 5- develop communal harmony by - Sources of Islam explaining the common dividers among religion Common dividers among Religions 6- make the students know the method of - Behaviour and morality comparison and its style among religions - Seven major (deadly) sins by treating some important issues Z FINAL PROOF 115 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Syllabus Details Hinduism - A short glimpse on the history of Week Contents Covered Hinduism Introduction to the study of comparative religions - Aryan culture - Advantages of this subject and its - Deities of Hinduism importance - Its main and subsidiary sources - methods of comparison among religions - Its main beliefs - Divisions of religions - Hinduism in modern times - Religiousness and Atheism in the world Buddhism Judaism - Origin of Buddhism and its development - concept of Judaism and the cause of its - Buddhist beliefs and its instructions name - Main Buddhist sects - a short glimpse on the history of - Buddhism in modern times Judaism Islam - Prophet Moses (PBUH) and Torah - Religious condition of the Arabian - Beliefs of Jews and their morality Peninsula and the appearance of Islam - Zionism - Prophet Muhammad (PBUH) - Jewish sects - Fundamentals of Iman - Judaism at present - Sources of Islam Christianity Common dividers among Religions - definition of Christianity - Behaviour and morality - Stages of Christianity through history - Seven major (deadly) sins - Perverted beliefs - Peace and Treaty - Belief of Muslims and Christians on - Human Rights Jesus (PBUH) - Catholics and Protestants A comparative study among religions - Bible - Deity and lordship - Christianity in modern times - The Day of Resurrection z 116 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
- Accountability and Reward - know the diseases and linguistic - Asking for pardon and Forgiveness problems and try to find solutions to them REFERENCES Week Contents Covered Prescribed References Introduction Al Mukathasar fil Adyan wal firaq- Iessa Abdullah - Linguistic psychology implied in modern Additional References linguistics Al Islam wal Adyan Drasa Muqarana - the concept of linguistic psychology - its place among the branches of language Course Title Language psychology - the connection between it and the language on one hand and sociology on Course Code LTM 41473 the other hand - characteristics of linguistic psychology Course Objectives Four basics of the language - treatment of the concept of - physical basics psychological linguistics and its - sensational basics development and the relation between it - biological basics and linguistics - nervous basics - study of the main principles of language Psychological basics of the language - enable the students understand and - studies in linguistic psychology explain the basics of psychological - acquirement of language linguistics - learning the national and foreign - define the methods of teaching Arabic languages Language on the light of psychological - personal linguistic differences basics of linguistic skills - psychological basics of linguistic skills - linguistic disorders Z FINAL PROOF 117 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
i. disorders in speech Course Title State of Arabic Language in Sri Lanka ii. disorders in reading iii. language and speech, mutual Course Code LTM 41513 understanding between the mentally Course Objectives different - make the students aware of the social, iv. diseases of linguistic psychology cultural, political and economical history v. treatment of linguistic disorders of the Muslims of Sri Lanka REFERENCES - acquire the students the knowledge of Prescribed References the period when Islam entered Sri Lanka Abdul Majid, Ahmad Mansur, “Ilmul Lugha Al - know the impact of Arabic Language on Nafsi”, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia the social, educational and cultural life of Muslims Additional References - sharpen the mind of students with the Sibaai’, Musthafa,(1985) “Al Sunnah Wa knowledge of the endeavors of Arabic, Makanathuha fi Al Thashree’ Al Islami”, Al Islamic Institutions and colleges in Sri Makthaba Al Islamiyya Lanka Dr.Mahmud Al Thahhan, “Thaiseeru Musthalahil - treat the issues and challenges faced by Hadeeth”, Makthabathul Ma’aarif Lil Nashr Wa Al Arabic Language in Sri Lanka Thawzee’” 1996 Muhammad Mahmud Abu Zahr, “Al Hadith Wal Week Contents Covered Muhaddithoon”, Al Riaasa Al Aammah Lil Idarath A general glimpse on Sri Lanka Al Buhooth Al Ilmiyya Wal Iftha’ Wal Da’wah Wal Irshad, Riyadh, 1984 Social, cultural, political and economical situation of Muslims of Sri Lanka Connection of Arabs with Sri Lanka Spread of Islam in Sri Lanka z 118 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Muslims during Dutch and Portuguese periods REFERENCES Muslims during British period Prescribed References The position of Arabic Language in Sri Lanka Al Tarazi, Abdullah Mubashshir, “Inthisharul Islam Impact of Arabic Language on the social and Fil Alam, Fi 46 Dowlah Asiyawiyya Wa cultural life of Muslims Afreeqiyyah” Alamul …………… , Jeddah, 1985 The dialect of Arabic Tamil Additional References A historic view of the origin of Madrasas in Sri Al Balathuri, Abul Hasan Ahmad bin Yahya bin Lanka Jabir, “Futhoohul Buldan”, Darul Kuthub Al Ilmiyyah, Beirut, 1460 H. Muslim administrative systems of Schools in Government Institutions Shalabi, Ahmad, “Thareekhul Tharbiya Al Islamiyya”, Darul Kashshaf, Cairo,1954 The role of Islamic movements and prominent Shalabi, Ahmad, “Tha’leemul Lugha Al Arabiyya personages in the Islamic Renaissance of Sri Li Gharb” Makthabathu Anglo Al Misriyya, Cairo, Lanka 1977 - Al Jama’athul Islamiyyah Movement - Thableeq and Da’wa Jama’ath Thughmiyah, Rushdie Ahmad, “Tha’leemul Lugha - Jama’athu Ansaris Sunnathul Al Arabiyya Li Ghair An Naathiqeena Biha”, Al Muhammadiyyah Munazzamathul Islamiyyah Wal Uloom Wath - Allamah Siththy Lebbe Thaqafa, AISSCO, 1989 - Orabi Basha - A.L.M.Azeez Course Title Professional Arabic Language The problems and challenges deterring the Course Code LGM 12033 progress of Arabic Language in Sri Lanka - Syllabus Course Objectives - Evaluation The course aims at: - Teaching 1- training students on correct writing in - Means of Instruction Arabic Z FINAL PROOF 119 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
2- developing communication skills Official letters 3- defining words, sentences and - application for leave from an official of a contemporary styles in Arabic Language government institution
Week Contents Covered - application for financial assistance from the Embassy of Kuwait to construct a Lessons for dictation modern library - Hamzathul Wasl and al Qath’ - application for an scholarship to follow - Hamza at the beginning, middle and end higher studies in one of the Arabic of words Universites Punctuation Marks - appeal to the dean of the faculty for Using of contemporary functional words exemption from course fees Dialogues (between) How to write a project? - a doctor and a patient - a project for the construction of a - at an airport booking a ticket mosque - a trader at a duty free market and a - a project for conducting a workshop for customer teachers of Arabic Language in Arabic - passport officer and an applicant for schools extension of visa period - application for an scholarship - an international student and the director - application for enrolment in one of the for student affairs at an International Arabic Universities University How to write advertisements and editorials? How to prepare for an Interview: - A person reads about a vacancy in a - Advertisement of a vacancy in a private institution newspaper - A new graduate awaiting an interview - training on writing editorials for a teaching post in one of the government institutions z 120 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
REFERENCES - define the Pre-Islamic period Prescribed References Study of Literature - the goal of the study Dirasa fi Nahwi Lugha al Arabiyya Al Waleefi - the factors influencing the Literature in Ahmed Al Muthwakkil Pre-Islamic period Additional References Literary arts in Pre-Islamic period - the place poetry in Pre-Islamic period Al Walaif Al Thadavuliyya fi Al Lugha Al - the characteristics of Pre-Islamic literary Arabiyyah Ahamed Al muthawakkil text - Al Muallaqaath (issue of literary theft) Course Title Arabic Literature in Pre-Islamic Period The goals of Pre-Islamic poetry - description Course Code LLM 21063 - love poems - eulogy Course Objectives - elegy - enable students for literal analysis of - satiric poetic and prose texts Application (analytic study of selected texts) - explain the terms - literature and Pre- Princes of Poetry in Pre-Islamic Period Islamic - ( in letter and meaning) - Zuhair - examination of literary trends in Pre- - Imraul Qais Islamic period - Anthara - Khansa Week Contents Covered The word ‘literature’ Prose in Pre-Islamic period - Its concept - Kinds of Prose - origin of Arabic literature - Oratory - Literary Periods - wisdom - admonitions Pre-Islamic period - Pre-Islamic - in letter and spirit Characteristics of Prose Z FINAL PROOF 121 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
REFERENCES A general view of the Abbasid period - A summary of political, social, cultural Prescribed References and economic life in the first and second Abbasid period Additional References - Translation movement Trends of poetry in Abbasid period - Traditional subjects Course Title Arabic Literature of the Abbasid Era - Renovation in subjects - Renovation in Qqwafi (Rhymes) Course Code LGM 31213 Prominent Poets of Abbasid period and extracts Course Objectives from their texts - provide the students with the general - Abu Nuwas knowledge of Abbasid period and the - Abu Thamam characteristics of its literature - Al Muthanabbi - make the students understand the - Al Buhthuri modes of renovation in literature of the The development of Artistic writing in Abbasid period (in prose and poetry) period - train the students on explaining the - New Prose Arts in Abbasid period contents of poetry and prose in their - Summary of prominent poets and the own style study of samples of their prose - train the students in appreciating texts (Maqamath, al thowqeeaath, Al Qasas, and literary analysis of it Al Maqalath and Al Rasail) - Al Jahiz, Ibn Muqaffa’, Badiuzzaman, Al Week Contents Covered Hariri and the study of samples of his literary epistles An introduction to the subject - A general view of Abbasid period Abul Ala’ Al Ma’arri and a study of the samples of his Al Aja’ib literature (Risalathul Ghufran) z 122 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
REFERENCES - train on extracting grammatical rules from the examples and the forming of Prescribed References rules from examples Dhaif, Shouqi, “Tharikh Al Adab Al Arabi: Al Asrul Abbasi Al Awwal”, Cairo, Darul Ma’arif, 1966 Week Contents Covered Al Daayah, Muhammad Ridwan, “A’laamul Adab Basic rules related to word Al Abbasi” Beirut, Muassasathu Al Risala - kinds of word - Al I’rab and its kinds Additional References - Al Bina and Mabni Al Hajiri, Thaha, Al Jahiz - Hayathuhu Wa - Application Aatharuhoo, Cairo, Darul Ma’arif, 1966 Sentence Dhaif, Shouqi, Al Maqama, Cairo, Darul Ma’arif - the concept of sentence and its kinds Al Faisal, Muhammad, “Al Adabul Arabi Wa - Al Mubthada Wal Khabar Thareekhuhu”, Riyadh, Imam Muhammad bin - Al Jumla Al Mansookha Saud University Press, 1420 H., - Al Fi’l Wal Fail Al Maqdisi, Anees, “Al Mukhtharath Al Saira fi - Application Rawai’ul Adab Al Arabi”, Beirut, Darul Ilm Lil Al Adawath Al Dhakhila Alal Fi’l Al Mudhari’ Malayin, 1981 - Al Nawasib - Al Jawazim Course Title Arabic Syntax - Application Al Mukammilath Course Code LLM 12043 - Al Mafa’eel Course Objectives - Al Haal - enable students to know the rules which - Al Thamyeez leads to basic grammatical functions in Al Majroorath linguistic interaction - Al Idhafa and its kinds - treat prevalent grammatical mistakes - Hurooful Jar and its usages among students - Application Z FINAL PROOF 123 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
REFERENCES - make the students explain famous terminology in the art of science Prescribed References Al Nahw Al Wafi, Hasan Abbas, Darul Ma’aarif, Week Contents Covered Cairo, 1974 Hadith Sciences Sharah Ibn Aqeel Ala Alfiyyathi Ibn Malik - Part 3 - its concept and 4, Ibn Aqeel, Abdullah, Thahqeeq - its importance Muhammad Muhyiddin Abdul Hamid, Beirut, Al - Science of Hadith - reporting and Makthabathul Asriyya, 1994 knowing its origin and development (Ilmul Jarh Wal Tha’deel and Asma’ Al Additional References Rijal) Al Rajhi, Abduh, “Al Thathbeeq Al Nahwi”, Cairo, Darun Nahdha Al Arabiyya, 1988, Al Sunnah Ibn Hisham, Musil Al Thullab Ila Kawaid Al I’rab, - the concept of Sunnah Bisharh Al Azhari, Cairo, Makthabatu Ibn Sina - its place in the religion - Sunnah before its compilation - a historic glimpse on the compilation of Course Title Hadith Sciences Sunnah - suspicions arisen around Sunnah and Course Code LLM 22193 refute them Course Objectives Al Hadith - explain the concept of Sunnah and - the concept of Hadith, terms close in Hadith and the relativity between these meaning to it and the relation between approximate terms them - state the importance of Sunnah and its - fabrication of Hadith place in Islamic legislation and to Knids of Hadith refutation of suspicions leveled against - Kinds of Hadith in relation to the number it of narrators ( Al Muthawathir and - Classification of Hadith Aahaad) z 124 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
- Kinds of Hadith in relation to its Hadith”, Makthabathul Ma’aarif Lil Nashr Wa Al ascription ( Qudsi, Marfu’,Mouquf and Thowzee’, 1996 maqthoo’) Muhammad Mahmud Abu Zahw, “Al Hadith Wa - Kinds of Hadith in relation to its Al Muhaddithoon”, Al Riaasa Al Aammah Lil acceptance and rejection (Sahih, Hasan, Idaraath Al Buhooth Al Ilmiyya Wal Iftha Dhaeef) Wadda’wah Wal Irshad, Riyadh, 1984 - Kinds of Hadith in relation to the break in the chain of narrators (Al Muallaq, Al Monqathi’, Al Mu’dhal, Al Mursal and Al Course Title Principles of Teaching Arabic as a Mudallas ) Second Language - Kinds of Hadith in relation to its Course Code LGM 32293 impeachment in narrators ( on account of precision of narrator - Al Shath, Al … Course Objectives ……………., Al Ma’lul, / on account of the - provide the learner with the basics and justness of narrator -Al Mathrook, Al rules of educational psychology Moudhu’) - concern over the stages and methods of REFERENCES teaching linguistic skills - define the prominent practical basics of Prescribed References teaching foreign languages and discern Al Hikmi, Hafiz bin Ahmad, (1993), “Daleel Al the concepts in the study of the Arbab Al Falah Li Thahqeeqi Fan Al Isthilah) , phenomenon of individual differences Makthabathu Al Ghuraba Al Athariyya), Madinah and mental abilities Additional References - understand the syllabus, goals and Siba’i Musthafa, (1985), “Al Sunnah Wa evaluation Makaanathuha Fi Al Thashree’ Al Islami”, Al - notify the students of the importance of Makthaba Al Islamiyyah educational planning Dr.Mahmud Al Thahhan, “Thayseer Musthalah Al Z FINAL PROOF 125 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Week Contents Covered The meaning of individual differences, their - definition of psychology and its place importance, their types and the main factors among the classification of theoretical influencing it. and practical sciences - The factors influencing the individual and mental differences - contents and goals of psychology and - General mental ability (intelligence), and the standard of good and mis-behaviour personal abilities - meanings of the matter of ( mind) and its - Linguistic ability - its aspects - specific meanings in the Holy Quran components - ways of measurement - teaching and learning and the helping Strategies in learning Arabic as a second factors in the teaching and the skills of language: interactive teaching a) Remembrance - human learning methods in the Holy b) knowledge Quran and its relation with the stages of c) substitution growth and the deflections of learning d) ultra-knowledge and its measure e) excitability - old and modern educational theories f) sociability a- Connectionist Theories b- Sphere cognate Theories The method - its meaning and contents c- Mode of benefit from the - Goals experiences and theories of learning - Contents in the field of Arabic as a second - Teaching Methods language General Teaching Ways Ways of teaching Arabic reading Difficulties in learning - especially in learning a Ways of teaching Arabic writing second language ( Hesitation, shyness, Ways of teaching listening forgetfulness etc. ……..) Ways of teaching speaking Important principles that help the student on Educational Evaluation (Concepts of evaluation, effective learning Assesment, measurement and testing) z 126 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
conditions of the evaluation activity Ahmad Balqis, Thoufeeq Mar’i, “Al Muyassar Fi Ilmin Nafs Al Tharbawiy” 1982 Types of evaluation (Diagnosis, creative, complete) Muhyiddin Tuq, Abdur Rahman Adas, “Asasiyyathu Ilmin Nafs Al Tharbawiy”, 1982 Evaluation- ……………… (NR) Abdul Majid Mansur: “Ilmul Lugha An Nafsi”, Evaluation …………….(CR) Riyadh, 1982 Types of tests - and their functions, advantages Ramziyyathul Gharib: Al Thaqweem Wal Qiyas and disadvantages of each of them An Nafsi Al Tharbawi”, Al Anglo Al Misriyya - Oral tests Edition”, 1970 - subjective test Fuad Abu Khathib and Sayyid Ahmad Uthman: - Essay tests “Al Thaqweem Al Tharbawi”, 1978 - Performance tests Types of subjective tests and the rules of their Course Title Selected text in Al Hadeeth preparation - short answer test Course Code LGM 31243 - Correct or Incorrect answer questions Course Objectives - multiple choice questions 1- enable the students to understand the - pairing questions contents of the Hadith REFERENCES 2- make them understand the literal and eloquent inimitability in the sentences Prescribed References and the construction of the Hadith Jabir Abdul Hamid Jabir and Khairi Kazim: 3- train the students to translate the Hadith “Manahijul Bahth Fith Tharbiyathi Wa Ilmin Nafs”, and to extract the rules and lessons that Al Nahdha Al Arabiyya Edition, 1973 they contain
Additional References Week Contents Covered Abdul Hamid Al Hashimi: “Usoolu Ilmin Nafs Al A preparatory study of the Hadith Aam”, Darush Shurooq, 1984 History of the compilation of Sunnah Z FINAL PROOF 127 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Eeman (Belief) is intrinsic in Islam Course Title Quranic Sciences The Fortunate ones are in Paradise Course Code LLM 21113 Personal Freedom Good companion and Bad companion Course Objectives Evil Scholars - acquaintance of students with basic Injustice would be darkness on the Day of concepts related to the Holy Quran in its Judgement collection, compilation and revelation Recital of the Quran - know the main schools of Quranic commentary and its sources and Branches of Belief methods Disrespect toward mothers Five advices - know the technical terminology used in Good morals are the measure of the progress of Quranic Sciences nations - treat the accusations of Orientalists Upbringing of children around the Holy Quran The loss of trustworthiness Week Contents Covered The reality of shamefulness An Introduction to the Quranic Sciences, its REFERENCES concepts, origin and development Prescribed References Definition of the Holy Quran literally and lawfully, its names, its dimensions and the difference Muhammad Ali Al Sabuni, “Min Kunoozis between it and Hadith Qudsi and Hadith Sunnah” Nabawiyyi Additional References Revelation: its literal and lawful meaning, proof Al Sadiqi Muhammad bin Allan, “Daleelul of revelation, accusations related with it (in Faliheen Lithuruqi Riyadhis Saliheen” presentation and criticism) - Revelation of the Quran with a preface z 128 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
to the elucidation of its revelation and Abrogation (Al Naskh) in the Holy Quran - its how it was revealed concept, its kinds and the accusations found in this - First and last revealed, discussion of Quranic Commentary - its sources and methods verses and Hadiths connected with it Meaning of Thafseer and Tha’weel - the origin of - Makki and Madani and the rules of Ilmuth Thafseer and its development distinction, prominent features of Makki and Madani verses Types of Thafseer: al Thafseer bil Ma’thoor and al Thafseer bil Ra’y, al thafseer al Ishariy Meaning of Seven letters - literal and lawful, the ideas of scholars around it, accusations found on notification of famous Thafseers of the present this issue age: Al Manar Li Rashid Ridha, Modern Thafseer - Al zilal Lish Shaheed Seyyid Revelation of the Quran along with types of Qutb, Muhasib Al Tha’weel Quranic recitals - Its meaning (literal and technical) - origins of the types of Qiraaths, types REFERENCES of Qiraaths, rebuttal of accusations of Orientalist Prescribed References and Commentators against Qiraaths, Al Qurraus Sab’ah, the ‘thalatha’ after Sab’ah. Al Burhan Fi Uloomil Quran, Al Zarkasi Asbabun Nuzool ( Circumstances surrounding the Additional References revelation) its meaning, advantages and the Mabahith fi Uloomil Quran, Manna Al Qaththan numerous situations in the causes of revelation Dirasath fi Uloomil Quran, Abdul Qadir Dawood Collection of Quran: its collection during the Al Aa’ni Period of the Prophet (PBUH), and the period of Rightly Guided Caliphs, and the collection, compilation, order and the accusations found in this Al Muhkam and Al Muthashabih - Al Aam and Al Khas in the Holy Quran Z FINAL PROOF 129 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
8.4 Type 2: Minor Field of Study Political Science Six type of minor field of studies have been identified and it is PSM 11013 Contemporary Political Issues common for both department i.e department of Islamic studies and department of Arabic language. PSM 12023 Introduction to International Relations PSM 21033 State and Transformation in the Middle East Accountancy & Finance PSM 22043 Public Administration and Bureaucracy PSM 31053 Public Administration in Sri Lanka AFM 11013 Basic Accounting PSM 32063 Democracy and Human Rights AFM 12023 Intermediate Accounting AFM 21033 Financial Management English AFM 22043 Cost and Management Accounting ELM 11013 Effective Oral Communication AFM 31053 Public Accounting and Finance ELM 12023 Advanced Reading and writing AFM 32063 Computer Application for Accounting ELM 21033 Language Structure and Applied Linguistics ELM 22043 Analysis of Literary texts Economics ELM 31053 English for professional purpose ECM 11013 Principles of Micro Economics ELM 32063 English Language Teaching Methodology
ECM 12023 Principles of Macro Economics Sociology ECM 21033 Intermediate Micro Economics SOM 11013 Understanding of Society: Process & Structure ECM 22043 Intermediate Macro Economics SOM 12023 Education in Sociological Aspects ECM 31053 Applied Economics SOM 21033 Environmental Studies ECM 32063 Social Economic Development SOM 22043 Globalization and Social Justice SOM 31053 Gender and Society SOM 32063 Development in Sociological perspective z 130 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Tamil Course units in Brief TLM 11013 Tamil Language & Writing Skills Accounting and Finance TLM 12023 Study of Tamil Literature Course Code AFM 11013 TLM 21033 Journalism Course Title Basic Accounting TLM 22043 Sri Lankan Tamil Literature TLM 31053 Islamic Tamil Literature Conduct Hours 45 TLM 32063 Writing of Culture and Feminine Literature Credit Points 03
Course Description Fundamentals of Financial Accounting provides an introduction to the concepts and uses of financial accounting information in a business environment and its role in the economic decision making process. Accounting is referred to as the language of business. Primary areas of study include the context and purpose of financial reporting, qualitative characteristics of financial information, the theory of debits and credits, accruals and deferrals, measurement and valuation of assets and liabilities, the determination of net income (profit) and the preparation and interpretation of basic financial statements of limited liability company and consolidated company. Z FINAL PROOF 131 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Objectives a. The scope and purpose of financial statements for external reporting. The objective of this course is to develop knowledge and understanding of the underlying b. Users’ and stakeholders’ needs. principles and concepts relating to financial c. The main elements of financial report. accounting and technical proficiency in the use d. Te regulatory framework (legislation and of double-entry accounting techniques including regulation, reasons and limitations, relevance the preparation of basic financial statements. of accounting standards). Learning Outcomes e. Duties and responsibilities of those charged with governance. On completion of this course, the students able to: 2. The qualitative characteristics of financial information • Explain the context and purpose of financial reporting a. The qualitative characteristics of financial information • Define the qualitative characteristics of financial information b. The use of double entry and accounting • Demonstrate the use of double entry and systems accounting systems a. Double-entry book-keeping principles • Prepare trial balance (including identifying including the maintenance of accounting and correcting errors) records and sources of accounting • Prepare basic financial statements for information. incorporated and unincorporated entities b. Ledger accounts, books of prime entry and • Interpretation of Financial statements journals.
Course Contents c. Recording transactions and events 1. The context and purpose of financial a. Sales and purchases reporting b. Cash z 132 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS c. Inventory (LKAS – 02) e. Statements of cash flows (LKAS - 7) d. Tangible non-current assets f. Incomplete records e. Depreciation (LKAS – 16) g. Financial statement for non-profit making f. Intangible non-current assets and entities amortization f. Interpretation of financial statements g. Accruals and prepayments a. Importance and purpose of financial h. Receivables and payables statements i. Provisions and contingency b. Ratios j. Capital structure and finance cost c. Analysis of financial statements d. Preparing trail balance Assessment Methods: a. Trail balance b. Correction of errors End Semester Exam: 70% Continuous Assessment: 30% c. Control accounts and reconciliations - Quiz d. Bank reconciliations - Take home assignment e. Suspense accounts - Presentation (Group / individual) e. Preparing basic financial statements - Mid-semester exam (incorporated – LKAS - 1 and unincorporated organization) Reference: a. Statement of financial position 1. Fonseka M., (2004), “Financial Accounting: b. Statements of profit or loss and other An Introductory Course of Study”, Colombo: comprehensive income Print Wave (Pvt) Ltd. c. Disclosure notes 2. Frank Wood, (2005), “Business Accounting d. Events after the reporting period 1” 11th Edition, Pearson Higher Education Z FINAL PROOF 133 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
3. Gupta M.M., Agrawal B.M. (2006), Objectives The objective of this course is to Agrawal’s Accountancy – Professional extend understanding and application of Education (Course I), Volume I, S. Chand & financial accounting principles and relevant Company, New Delhi accounting standards appropriate to the given area of study. 4. Maheswari S.N., Maheswari S.K., (2006), “A Text Book of Accounting for Management”, Learning Outcomes Third Edition, Vikas Publishing House On completion of this course, the students able to: • Prepare simple consolidated financial Course Code AFM 12023 statements Course Title Intermediate Financial Accounting • Prepare branch accounts including foreign branch Conduct Hours 45 • Prepare accounting for lease, contract and investments Credit Points 03 • Prepare accounts for business reconstruction Course Description and reorganization This course extends the focuses on developing Course Contents core theoretical and practical issues in respect of 1. Preparing consolidated financial financial accounting. The course emphases key statements (LKAS – 27) issues that face accountants in practice and a. Subsidiaries development of an understanding of how different contexts affect accounting and financial b. Associates reporting. Throughout the course we will seek to 2. Branch accounts illustrate the importance of this issue by considering the entity on accounting choices, a. Introduction policies and other matters. b. Stock and debtor system z 134 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS c. Debtor system c. Cost of investment d. Final account system (Cost basis) d. Recoding of investment transaction e. Final account system (Whole sale price basis) e. Accounting for variable earning securities f. Inter-branch transaction f. Accounting for interest bearing (fixed g. Accounting for independent branch earning) securities h. Accounting for foreign branch 6. Business reconstruction and reorganization 3. Accounting for lease (LKSA – 17) a. Capital reduction a. Accounting for finance leases b. Amalgamation b. Accounting for finance leases – Books of Lessor c. Absorption c. Accounting for operating leases d. Company liquidation
4. Contract accounts (LKAS -11) Assessment Methods: a. Meaning End Semester Exam: 70% b. Accounting treatment Continuous Assessment: 30% c. Recognition of contract revenue and - Quiz expenses - Take home assignment d. Disclosure requirement - Group assignment e. Percentage of completion method - Mid-semester exam Reference: 5. Accounting for investment transactions (LKAS - 28) 1. CIMA Learning System - Fundamentals of Financial Accounting a. Meaning 2. Maheswari S.N., Maheswari S.K., b. Type of investment (2006), “Advanced Accountancy, Volume I & Z FINAL PROOF 135 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
II”, Ninth Edition, Vikas Publishing House skills, and knowledge of different financial tools 3. Sehgal A., Sehgal D., (2005); “Advanced necessary to make sound financial decisions. And Accounting – I & II”, Fifth Edition, Taxmann students will be exposed to key financial issues Allied Services (P.) Ltd faced by financial managers of corporations. Learning Outcomes Course Code AFM 21033 On completion of this course, the students able to: • Apply the financial planning process in the Course Title Financial Management practice of financial planning Conduct Hours 45 • Discuss, explain and apply ethical principles, standards of practice and rules of conduct for Credit Points 03 the practice of financial planning, relevant to the jurisdiction Course Description • Consider and discuss the impact of This course describe the framework of financial compliance issues on the practice of financial management in term of four inter related core planning area namely, investment, finance, working capital • Demonstrate the ability to understand and management and dividend policy and it exposure address client attitudes toward risk to the various types of decisions the financial manager required to make under various Course Contents environmental constraints. 1. Overview of Financial Management Objectives a. Definition, Nature and Scope of Financial This course aims to provide students with an Management understating of financial management of b. Goal and Objectives of Financial corporate organization. The course will also Management provide students with conceptual and analytical c. Introduction to capital market z 136 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
2. Time value of money b. Capital Budgeting Techniques a. Future value c. Cash flow estimation - expansion projects b. Present value and Replacement project c. Multi period compounding d. Project evaluation and selection
3. Evaluations of Long Term Finances 7. Leverage and Risk Analysis a. Valuation of Equity Shares a. Financial leverage b. Valuation of Preference Shares b. Operating leverage c. Valuation of Bonds/ Debentures c. Business and Financial Risk d. Indifference point 4. Cost of capital a. Cost of Equity, Preference and Bonds/ 8. Capital structure decision Debentures a. Capital structure theory b. Cost of Capital using Growth Model and b. Optimal capital structure CAPM c. Relationship between EPS-EBIT c. Weighted Average Cost of Capital d. Capital structure planning 5. Risk and Return e. Selection of an Appropriate sources of long term finance a. Expected Return and Risk of securities b. Portfolio Return and Risk 9. Working Capital c. Systematic Risk and Unsystematic Risk a. Need for working capital d. Securities Market Line (SML) and Beta ( ) b. Calculation of Working Capital calculation c. Operating Cycle Analysis 6. Capital Budgeting d. Financing permanent and non permanent a. Alternative investment Criteria assets Z FINAL PROOF 137 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
10. Dividend policy 6. Kishore, R., Financial Management, a. Valuation Taxman’s Publishing House, New Delhi. b. Determinants
Assessment Methods: Course Code AFM 22043 End Semester Exam: 70% Course Title Cost and Management Accounting Continuous Assessment: 30% - Quiz Conduct Hours 45 - Take home assignment Credit Points 03 - Group assignment - Mid-semester exam Course Description This course provides students with an Reference: appreciation of cost and management accounting 1. Pandy I,M. Financial Management, (10th concepts related to the management functions of Edition), 2013(2nd Print) Vikas Publishing planning, control, and decision making. The House, New Delhi. course introduces a number of cost and 2. Prasanna Chandra. Financial Management management accounting tools and quantitative Theory and Practice, Tata McGraw-Hill techniques that can be used to analyze how 3. James C. Van Horne & John M. Wachowicz business processes consume resources, create Jr. Fundamentals of Financial Management value for a firm and its customers, and how this (11th Edition), Prentice –Hall of India value may be enhanced through activity and 4. Eugene F. Brigham, Joel F.Houston. process improvement. Fundamentals of Financial Management (9th Objectives Edition), Harcourt.Inc Cost and management accounting studies the 5. Khan and Jain, Financial Management, Tata preparation and use of cost accounting McGraw Hill, New Delhi. information for managerial decision-making and z 138 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
control purposes. This course mainly provides Course Contents students with the tools needed to understand and 1. The purpose of cost and management address the important problems facing accounting management accountants today. This course has 2. Cost accounting concepts and terminology been designed with a view to provide a working knowledge of the various methods and techniques 3. Material costing – Inventory and Pricing of costing as employed in present day business 4. Labour costing – Incentives enterprises for cost ascertainment and cost 5. Over heads – Distribution, Redistribution and control Absorption Learning Outcomes 6. Absorption costing and variable costing 7. Job costing and process costing On completion of this course, the students able to: 8. Traditional cost allocation versus activity- • explain the different cost accounting systems based costing and how they account for product costs; 9. Managing budgets (including cash budgets) • relate revenue and cost management concepts and techniques to particular types 10. Standard costs of organisation structures 11. Cost-volume-profit relations • identify appropriate information for planning 12. Capital budgeting and decision making; 13. Providing and interpreting financial • explain and apply management control information for decision making techniques in organisations • learn important fundamentals and tools of Assessment Methods: management accounting, including technical End Semester Exam: 70% aspects of cost Continuous Assessment: 30% • examine links between management - Quiz accounting and decision making, planning and control; - Take home assignment Z FINAL PROOF 139 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
- Group assignment 9. Horngren C.T, Datar S.M, Foster G, Cost - Mid-semester exam accounting, 12th edition, prentice- Hall of India Ltd, New Delhi, 2006 Reference:
1. Matz, Hammer Usry (1985) 9th edition Cost Course Title Public Accounting and Finance Accounting South-western Publishing Co 2. Garrison H. Ray, Noreen W. Eric (2004) 10th Course Code AFM 31053 edition Managerial Accounting, Irwin publishers Conduct Hours 45 3. Hilton W. Ronald (2005) Managerial Credit Points 03 Accounting 6th edition McGraw-Hill Irwin Course Description 4. Jain S.P, Narang .K.L 2000 Advanced Cost Accounting, Kalyani Publishers This course imparts knowledge on public sector accounting and finance and this course 5. Pandy I.M., Management Accounting, 3rd emphasizes on contemporary issues with the revised edition, Vikas Publishing House, New public sector accounting practices. Delhi, 2006. 6. Atkinson, Banker, Kaplan, young, Course Contents Management Accounting 3rd Edition, • Constitutional Provisions and Parliamentary Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2003. Control 7. Kishore R.M, Cost and Management • Objectives and functions of Ministry of Accounting, 4th Edition, Taxmann Allied Finance and Treasury Service Ltd, New Delhi, February 2006. • Government revenue and expenditure formats 8. Horngren C.T, Sundem G.L, Stratoo W.O, Introduction to Management Accounting, • Authority for expenditure 13th Edition, Prentice- Hall of India Ltd, New • Financial planning and budgeting; zero based Delhi, 2006. budgeting z 140 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
• Estimates relating to advanced accounts Course Title Computer Application for Accounting • Government expenditure, government accounting Course Code AFM 32063 • Performance evaluation in the public sector Conduct Hours 45 accounting • Financial regulations and delegations of Credit Points 03 financial functions Introduction This course will provide students with hands- • Procurement procedures on experience and skills with a spreadsheet. • Responsibilities of Accounting Officers and Students taking this course will use General Chief Accounting Officers Ledger and Spreadsheet software to • Role of the Auditor General and Committee accomplish standard, basic accounting and on Public Enterprises (COPE). bookkeeping tasks. Typical general ledger software tasks will include: Entering Prescribed References transactions in general and special journals, the ADB – MOF publications on Public Finance preparation of trial balances, adjusting and Chapter xiii of the Constitution of Sri Lanka closing entries, and Financial Statements. Supporting schedules for general ledger Finance Act accounts and financial statements will also be Additional References included. Spreadsheet applications will typically include: Creation of spreadsheets in professionally correct formats; file creation, updating and maintenance; setting up calculations and auditing their accuracy; formatting of data and reports; preparation of standard accounting reports and working papers Z FINAL PROOF 141 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course Objectives 4. Data in Spread sheet The objective of this course is to give students a. Sorting knowledge of the concepts of Computer b. Filtering application in Accounting, principles of Computer c. Data Validation application, and methods, tools and techniques d. Consolidate available to develop accounting system using Spread sheet. e. What if Analysis f. Data Table Course Contents g. Solver Tools 1. Book keeping system h. Scenario Manager a. Introduction to bookkeeping system i. Pivot Table b. Framework of the system c. Computers or manual? 5. The Basic Financial Statements d. Record keeping a. Construct each of these statements in Excel with data for any company. 2. Spread sheet Basics b. Using Excel’s Outliner a. Navigate the Excel worksheet (entering, c. Loan Amortization correcting, and moving data within the worksheet). 6. The Cash Budget b. Formatting and Alignment a. Calculate a firm’s expected total cash c. Using Excel’s Built-In Functions collections and disbursements for a particular month. 3. Functions b. Use the Scenario Manager to evaluate a. Mathematic Function different assumptions in a model. b. Financial Function c. Use the various tools that Excel provides to find and fix errors in formulas. c. Advanced Additional Function z 142 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
7. Financial Analysis Tool Prescribed References a. Five major categories of ratios (liquidity, • Financial Accounting on Spreadsheet, 6th efficiency, leverage, coverage, and ed., L. Kropp, MJC. profitability). • The following bundle is also required: Text: b. Calculate the common ratios for any firm by Excel 2007 in business, Joseph Manzo. using income statement and balance sheet ISBN: 978-0-13-174344-1 data. • Student DVD: to accompany Excel 2007 in c. Use financial ratios to assess a firm’s past business by Joseph Manzo. ISBN: 978-0-13- performance, identify its current problems, 174345-8 and suggest strategies for dealing with these problems. Additional References d. Calculate the economic profit of a firm.
8. Financial Forecasting a. Percent of sales. Method is used to develop pro-forma financial statements, and how to construct such statements in Excel. b. Use the TREND function for forecasting sales or any other trending variables. c. Perform a regression analysis with Excel’s built-in regression tools. d. Break-Even and Leverage Analysis e. The Time Value of Money f. Valuation and Rates of Return g. The Cost of Capital h. Risk, Capital Budgeting, and Diversification Z FINAL PROOF 143 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Economics events and policies reported in the news through Medias. This course is a foundation course Course Title Principles of Micro Economics preparing student to be successful learns higher degrees such as finance, marketing, business Course Code ECM 11013 administration, economics, and social work Conduct Hours 45 courses.
Credit Points 03 Course Contents 1. Introduction of economics as a thought; what Introduction is Economics? This course will investigate the interactions 2. The Economic Problem between individual households and business 3. How Markets Work in the world firms. The concepts of supply and demand will be 4. Demand and Supply and price determination studied; and student will learn what these concepts mean, how they operate, and how 5. Elasticity: demand elasticity and supply prices are determined. Market structure and elasticity income distribution will also be considered. 6. Efficiency and Equity 7. Government Actions in Markets Course Objectives 8. Firms and Markets This course provides students with insight into the 9. The basic concepts of Output and Costs dynamics of a market based economy and how 10. Perfect Competition through its mechanism scarce resources are allocated. The theoretical and actual role of the 11. Monopoly government in this market system will also be Prescribed References lectured. The knowledge gained in the course will N. Gregory Mankiw(2011), “Principles of make student a better informed and allow student Microeconomics”, Study Guide, Sixth Edition to follow the debates over various economic ISBN-13: 978-0538453042 z 144 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Additional References initiatives affect their macroeconomic performance. http://www.boisestate.edu/econ/lreynol/web/Pow erPT_index.htm Course Objectives http://wps.pearsoned.co.uk/ema_uk_he_sloman_ economics_6/ The primary goal of this course is to teach students the fundamental principles and methods of modern macroeconomic theory. The secondary Course Title Principles of Macro Economics goal of this course is to illustrate the usefulness of these principles and methods for thinking about Course Code ECM 12023 macroeconomic problems in real life. Conduct Hours 45 The theoretical and actual role of the government Credit Points 03 in the policies of system will also be lectured. The knowledge gained in the course will make student Introduction a better informed and allow student to follow the This course is designed to introduce classic debates over various economic events and macroeconomic issues such as growth, inflation, policies reported in the news through Medias. unemployment, interest rates, exchange rates, technological progress, and budget deficits. The Students who successfully complete the course course will provide a unified framework to should have a better understanding of economics address these issues and to study the impact of and the modern economy in general. Students will different policies, such as monetary and fiscal also be equipped with new tools that can be policies, on the aggregate behavior of individuals. applied in one’s field of choice. Everyone should These analytical tools will be used to understand leave with a better ability to analyze and interpret the recent experience of Sri Lanka and other contemporary economic policy issues. countries and to address how current policy Z FINAL PROOF 145 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course Contents Prescribed References Introduction Abel Andre B, Ben S. Bernanke and Dean a. Basic terminology Croushore (2007), “Macroeconomics”, 6th ed., ISBN: 9780321415547 b. Micro vs. macroeconomics c. Positive vs. normative economics Additional References f. The gains from trade Recommended Reading N. Gregory Mankiw (2003),Principles of Macroeconomics Issues Macroeconomics,3rdEd. ISBN78-0324171891 a. Circular flow model http://wps.pearsoned.co.uk/ema_uk_he_sloman_ b. Gross domestic product economics_6/ c. Prices and inflation d. Unemployment Course Title Intermediate Microeconomics Growth and the financial system a. Production and growth Course Code ECM 21033 b. The financial system Conduct Hours 45 c. Introduction to finance Credit Points 03
Government policy and the economy Introduction a. Aggregate demand and aggregate supply This is a course that will form an important b. Fiscal policy component of the general and special degree c. Monetary policy Economics Degree programme. This course is intended to familiarize the students with a better Extensions of macroeconomics understanding of theoretical background of a. International macroeco microeconomics. z 146 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Learning Outcome Course Contents The learning goals associated with this unit are to: Theory of consumer behavior- Cardinal utility and • Understand of theoretical background of ordinal utility analysis various consumers’ theories, production and Consumer behavior – indifference curve analysis cost theories and market structure. Demand curve based on indifference curve • explain how changes in prices and income analysis, some application of indifference curve affect consumer purchasing patterns analysis. • analyze decision-making by individual Income and substitution effects. consumers and producers Revealed preference theory- an extension of • analyze price determination in product and consumer demand theory. input markets under various conditions Theory of production- ISO quant and ISO cost Course Objectives analysis The course is aimed to strengthen the knowledge Concept of production function- types of that students have about the use of analytical tools production function, tow variable inputs, law of is microeconomics theory. production Many of the topics covered in the course students Modern theory of cost –starting the derivation of costs from production functions are able to master analytical techniques in understanding microeconomics theory. Theory of firm under different market structures – monopolistic competition & oligopoly. Price This higher level of understanding will enable the rigidity and related characteristics under oligopoly, students to proceed to a further advanced stage alternative goals of firms. students will have learned to apply these Monopoly and price discrimination. theoretical models to address real-world Factor market study and discrimination of factor problems. prices. Z FINAL PROOF 147 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Prescribed References Course Title Intermediate Macro Economics Ahuja,H.L.,(2006), “Advanced Economic Theory and policy”, New Dilhi, S.Chand Publication. Course Code ECM 22043 John P. Gould & E.P. Lazear, (1996), Conduct Hours 45 “Microeconomic Theory” , USA, Richard D. Irwin Inc. Credit Points 03
Additional References Introduction Hal R Varian, (1999), “Intermediate This course is aimed to familiarize the students microeconomics”, 5th edition, London, W.W with a better understanding of theoretical Norton & company. background of macroeconomics. The course provides an understanding of theories and policy Leater O. Bumas, (1999), “Intermediate microeconomics”, New Delhi, Prentice- Hall of issues in the field of macroeconomics. India. Learning Outcome Lipsey, R and C. Harbury, (1992), “The Principles On successful completion of the module, students of Economics”, London, Oxford University Press should be able to: • Explain key concepts relating to macroeconomic phenomena such as Aggregate demand and aggregate supply model, IS – LM model, monetary and fiscal policies, inflation and unemployment, and long-term economic growth • Understand the similarities and differences between the Classical and Keyne sian views of Macroeconomics z 148 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
• Evaluate the effects of monetary and fiscal Monetary and fiscal policy. as seen through IS – policies on output, the interest rate and the LM model – extended to cover the open economy. price level Classical, Keynsian and Neoclassical models of • Demonstrate an understanding of the labour market and employment. distinction between real and nominal macroeconomic variables and its importance Theories of consumption – Keynsian and post – in macroeconomic analysis Keynsian theories. Demand for money- Keynsian approach; post Course Objectives Keynsian developments. It is assumed that the students offering this course Empirical evidence on Demand for money. would have already gained a basic understanding of Macroeconomics from the introductory course. Quantity Theories – Fisher version, Cambridge This unit is intended to enhance further the version, post Keynsian developments – James Tobin; Milton Friedman. knowledge, understanding and analytical capacity relating to Macroeconomic concepts and theory Modern Quantity Theory and its monetary policy with greater familiarization of the main concepts implications. and analytical tools in the field; the students will Philips curve hypothesis – Inflation and be able to understand and evaluate the major unemployment-further refinements of this macroeconomic policy issues and problems in the approach. Sri Lankan context as well. Macroeconomic policy – Fiscal and Monetary Course Contents components. Aggregate model - Keynesian theory -. Prescribed References Aggregate Demand and Aggregate Supply Richard Lipsey and K.Alec Chrysstal (1995), approaches. “Introduction to Positive Economics”, Oxford Progressing to IS - LM model University Press, London. Z FINAL PROOF 149 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Additional References society as well. The concepts of development policy and planning will be studied; and student Ahuja,H.L.,(1996) “Macro Economic Theory and will learn what these concepts mean, how they Policy”, New Delhi, S.Chand Publication. implemented, and how government and its Dornbush,R., and Ficher,S. (1996) “Macro agent’s works in the country. Environment Economics”, McGraw Hill, London. structure, energy sector and developmental Richard Lipsey and Colin Harbury (1992) “First issues will also be considered. Principles of Economics”, Oxford University Course Objectives Press, London. This course provides students with a broad Rudiger Dornbusch, Stanley Fischer, Richard perspective of the contemporary issues in Sri Startz (2004) “Macroeconomics”, Tata McGraw – Lanka, regional and global economy and as well Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi. as the ability to analyse these issues critically from Vaish,M.C., (1995) “Macro Economic Theory”, 9th an economic point of view. In addition to that this edition, Wishva Prakasan, New Delhi unit provides students with advanced comparative knowledge in the field of public policy of Sri Lanka. Further, this course has been given an idea Course Title Applied Economics about advanced knowledge on economic Course Code ECM 21033 perspective of health policy formation and decision making. Conduct Hours 45 Course Contents Credit Points 03 1. The continuing dialogue on the role of the Introduction government in the economy. This course will investigate the interactions 2. The changing public economic policy in Sri between government and individual households, Lanka: under market-oriented economic z 150 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
regime. Prescribed References 3. Good governance and e-governance policy utPe;jpuFkhud;.e> K.fNz\%u;j;jp (2008)> in Sri Lanka during 1990s and 2000s. “nghUshjhu mgptpUj;jpr; nry;top”> 4. Foreign direct investment (FDI) and financial Nguhrp.e.ghyfpU\;zd; Nrit tpjg;G reform: foreign exchange market in Sri ntspaPL> Nrit eyd; FO> nfhOk;G Lanka. ISBN:978-955-51372-0-1
5. Sustainable development and resource Additional References economics: externalities and public goods, development programme and its mkpu;jypq;fk;. Nfh (2008)> “,yq;ifg; effectiveness in Sri Lanka. nghUshjhuk;”> G+ghyrpq;fk; Gj;jfrhiy> nfhOk;G> 6. Gender balance and poverty alleviation: ISBN:978-955-9396-20-8 population and trend in Sri Lanka. .ghyfpU\;zd;> e (2010)> “,yq;ifg; nghUshjhuj;jpd; mgptpUj;jpg; gpur;rpidfs;: 7. The energy sector development and its problem in Sri Lanka; Xu; rkfhy kPsha;T”> Fkud; Gj;jf ,y;yk;> nfhOg;G ISBN:978-955-659-240-5 8. Educational reform in Sri Lanka: knowledge economy is an investment. ru;thde;jd;> K (2006)> “,yq;ifapd; nghUshjhur; rPu;jpUj;jq;fs;: 1977 f;Fg; 9. Health policy and regulatory measures in Sri gpd;dhd fhyk;”> njhFg;G> ,dj;Jtf; Lanka. fw;iffSf;fhd ru;tNjr epiyak;> nfhOk;G 10. The concept of liberalization, globalization ISBN:955-580-107-9 and regionalization: SAARC: SAPTA or SAFTA Eigy;> m.m.K> m. erPu; m`kl; (2009)> “gpuhe;jpathjKk; gpuhe;jpag; nghUshjhu 11. Global economic problems and its recover: xj;Jiog;Gf;fSk;”, njd; fpof;Fg; foreign trade and finance after the 1977 in Sri gy;fiyf;fofk;> xYtpy;> ,yq;if Lanka. ISBN:955-97661-0-4 Z FINAL PROOF 151 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course Title Social Economic Development developmental theories and issues in a global context. Course Code ECM 32063 • The course deals with many social and developmental issues focusing on developing Conduct Hours 45 countries. Credit Points 03 Course Contents Introduction 1. Introduction to economic growth and This course is intended to familiarize the students development theories – Classical, Neo- with a better understanding of the social, classical and Keynesian models. economic growth circumstances in developed and 2. Measurement of Economic Development developing countries. And also it provides various 3. Obstacles to economic development: growth and development theatrical concepts to explain historical background as well as with more 4. Factors of Economic and non-economic factors. Economic Factors: Non-Economic contemporary developments in the economy. Factors, Social factors, Political factors and Learning Outcome administrative factors. • The students can be expected to have a 5. Characteristics of Modern Economic Growth mature understanding of the development 6. Balanced and unbalanced growth models – theories and issues. Nurkse, Hirchman • Students also will be able gain more 7. Role of agriculture and rural development; knowledge about the theories and many agricultural productivity, income levels, approaches to the study of development. employment and poverty. Course Objectives 8. Structural change model • The main objective of the course is to enable 9. Services sector in the development process the students to become familiar with – formal and informal sectors. z 152 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
10. Growth, income distribution and poverty: Political Science growth and income inequality – Kuznets/ hypothesis. Income distribution and poverty Course Title Contemporary Political Issues – empirical evidence on poverty and inequality in developing countries, including Course Code PSM 11013 Sri Lanka. Conduct Hours 45 11. Population a growth & Economic Development Credit Points 03 12. Domestic Measures for economic Introduction Development Political Science is one of most complex and 13. International measurement for development fascinating fields of study in the social sciences. Prescribed References This course is designed to introduce students to many of the key concepts and issues related to 1. Jingan, M.L.2007, The Economics of contemporary politics. These issues and others Development and Planning, 39th revised ed. will be presented from a critical perspective New Delhi, Konark pub. intended to provoke debate. It is hopes that this 2. Meier Grald.M.1995, Leading Issues course will give students a useful framework with Economics Development, 6th Ed, New York, which to analyze and evaluate contemporary Oxford university press. political issues. 3. Manker, V.G, 1995, Economics Policy and Planning, 2nd ed. New Delhi, New age Course Objectives International pub. The objectives of this course are, 4. Thirlwall, A.P, 1987, Growth and • To introduce the key contemporary issues in rd Development, 3 Ed, London, McMillan world politics. 5. Todaro, Michal P. 1994, Economics • To introduce some skills and solutions for th Development, 5 Ed. New York Longman contemporary World political issues. Z FINAL PROOF 153 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
• To improve the student’s ability to live in a • Media and Global Politics multi-ethnic societies with peace. • Global Economy and Politics To understand cost of conflict in the World. • Green Politics Learning outcomes • Arms Race, Atomic Bombs between and cold war among the nation By the end of the course students should have a knowledge and understanding of multiple Assessment Methods perspectives of contemporary political issues, Continuous Assessments – 30 Marks with specific reference to: Written Assignment – 10 Marks • Understanding the background and context Mid Term Examination – 10 Marks of selected contemporary issues in world. • Understand the challenges that modern state Presentation & Tutorial – 05 Marks face in framing political debate. Attendance – 05 Marks • Identify major political issues the Recommended Reading contemporary world. Analyze the factors that support processes of 1. Aliff.S.M., (2011), ‘Terrorism: an political change in the world Introduction’, Kumaran Book House, Chennai. Course Contents 2. Andrew Heywood, ‘Global Politics’, (2011), • Introduction to Major Political Issues Palgrave Foundations Series • Conflict in the world 3. Dipak K. Gupta, ‘Understanding Terrorism • Women in Politics and Political Violence’, (2008), Routledge. • Human Rights in the States 4. Don MacIver, ‘Political Issues in the World Today’, (2004), Manchester University Press. • Good Governance and Challenges in Developing Countries 5. Dustin Mulvaney, Green Politics: an A-to-Z • Terrorism as Global Issues Guide, (2011), SAGE publication, London. z 154 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
6. Haleh Afshar, ‘Women and Politics in the Course Title Introduction to International Third World’ (2012), Routledge. Relations 7. Jayadeva Uyangoda, ‘Ethnic conflict in Sri Lanka: changing dynamics’ (2007) ,East- Course Code PSM 12023 West Center Washington. Conduct Hours 45 8. John Baylis, Steve Smith, Patricia Owens, ‘The Globalization of World Politics: An Credit Points 03 Introduction to International Relations’, Introduction (2011), Oxford University Press. This course provides an exploration of the field of 9. Kumari Jayawardena, ‘Ethnic and Class Conflict in Sri Lanka: The Emergence of international relations (IR). It covers key Sinhala-Buddhist Consciousness 1883-1983’, theoretical concepts in IR and discusses how (2003), Sanjiva Books. empirical evidence and key historical events relate to and inform theory. 10. Mary Wollstonecraft, ‘A Vindication of the rights of woman’, (1992), Everyman's Course Objectives Library, London. The objectives of the course are to: 11. Munshi, Surendra, Abraham, Biju Paul., ‘Good governance, democratic societies and • To highlight the significance and to introduce globalisation’ (2004), SAGE publications, the fundamentals of International Relations to London. the students. 12. Scott Yenor, ‘Family Politics: The Idea of • To equip them to critically assess competing Marriage in Modern Political Thought’, theories and approaches to international (2012), Baylor University Press. relations. 13. Wayne Errington, Narelle Miragliotta, ‘Media • To introduce them to the systematic & Politics: An Introduction’, (2011), Oxford understanding of international political University Press Australia & New Zealand phenomena. Z FINAL PROOF 155 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Learning outcomes • Disarmament At the end of the course, students should be able • Terrorism and Global Security to demonstrate: • Economy as a driving force in International • The student will have grounding in both Relations theoretical and factual aspects of IR analysis. • Globalization • Describe specific issues that have relevance to the study of interstate relations, national Assessment Methods security, war, economic integration, trade, Continuous Assessments – 30 Marks and so forth. Written Assignment – 10 Mark • To complete regular class work, as set by the Mid Term Examination – 10 Marks tutor, using a range of material and working Presentation & Tutorial – 05 Marks both on an individual basis and as part of a group. Attendance – 05 Marks
Course Contents Recommended Reading • Nature and Scope of the Study of 1) Aliff.S.M., (2011), ‘Terrorism: An International Relations Introduction’, Kumaran Book House, • Realism & Idealism as approaches to IR Chennai. • National Power & National Interest in IR 2) Baylis, John ; Smith, Steve, ‘The Globalization • Balance of Power & Collective Security of world politics an Introduction to International Relations’(2nd Edition), (2001), • Evaluation of International System Oxford University Press, New York. • Cold War 3) Brown, Chris ; Ainley, Kirsten, • New World Order ‘Understanding International Relations’, • International Institutions (2005), Palgrave, New York. z 156 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
4) Burchill, Scott ; Linklater, Andrew ; Paterson, Course Title State and Transformation in the Matthew ; Devetak, Richard, ‘Theories of Middle East International Relations’(2nd Edition), Palgrave, New York. Course Code PSM 21033 5) Joshua S. Goldstein, Jon C. Pevehouse., Conduct Hours 45 (2011), ‘International Relations (8th Edition')’, Dorling Kindersley, India. Credit Points 03 6) Manfred Steger, ‘Globalization’, (2010), Introduction sterling publishing co, New York. This course provides an analysis of the major 7) Margaret P. Karns, Karen A. Mingst., political developments in the nature and form of ‘International organizations: the politics and the state in the contemporary Middle East. It will processes of global governance’, (2010), introduce students to the main theoretical debates Lynne Rienner Publishers. relevant to the understanding of the state as a distinctive organization of power and will examine 8) Scott Burchill ; Linklater Andrew, ‘Theories of the utility and appropriateness of these International Relations’,(2006), ST.Martin perspectives when analyzing the politics of a Press, New York. variety of states in the Middle East. It will, 9) Stephanie Lawson, ‘Intrernational Relations’, therefore, examine the implications for state (2012), Policy Press. structures and institutions of the distinctive 10) Walter Carlsnaes; ed., ‘Handbook of histories, social formations and political conflicts International Relations’, (2002), Sage that shape state politics in the Middle East. Publications, New Delhi. Course Objectives 11) Wenger, Andreas, Zimmermann, Doron, ‘International Relations from the Cold War to The objectives of the course are to: the Globalized world’, (2004), Viva Books • Familiarity with the critical debates Private Limited, New Delhi. surrounding ideas of state as structure and Z FINAL PROOF 157 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
agency in the political field. • Political Change in the Middle East: An • Provide knowledge of specific aspects of Attempt to Analyze the “Arab Spring” politics in the Middle East and an ability to • Egypt and Tunisia: Regime Failure and understand the state and society theoretical Democratic Revolution background behind these debates, as well as • The Changing Dynamics of Syrian Crisis an understanding of particular political • Revolution in Libya and Political Changes structures, processes and countries in the region. • Crisis situation in Yemen, Sudan, Bahrain, KSA, Iran & Iraq Learning outcomes • Middle East and terrorism At the end of the course, students should be able to demonstrate: Assessment Methods • Acquired an understanding of the Continuous Assessments – 30 Marks contemporary Middle East and the ability to Written Assignment – 10 Mark process information. Mid Term Examination – 10 Marks • Skills to facilitate the oral and written Presentation & Tutorial – 05 Marks communication of their ideas. Attendance – 05 Marks Course Contents Recommended Reading • State and Society Approach 1. Beinin, Joel, Workers and Peasants in the • Introduction to Politics in the Middle East Modern Middle East, Cambridge University • Impact of International Politics in the Middle Press, Cambridge, 2001. East 2. Dalacoura, ‘Islamist Terrorism and • The Challenge of Islamism to Middle East Democracy in the Middle East’, (2011), Statehood Cambridge University Press. • Palestinian – Israel Conflict and its Impact z 158 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
3. Dona J. Stewart, ‘The Middle East Today: East’, (2008), Lerner publishing Group. Political, Geographical and Cultural 10. Migdal, Joel S. (1988): Strong Societies and Perspectives’, (2013), Routledge, Weak States: State-society relations and Simltancously published USA & Canada. state capabilities in the Third World. 4. Edwards, Beverly Milton, ‘Contemporary Princeton: Princeton University Press. politics in the Middle East’, (2000), London 11. Migdal, Joel S. (2001): State in Society: Blackwell Publishers. Larry Diamond, ‘Why Studying how states and societies transform are There No Arab Democracies?’, Journal and constitute one another. Cambridge: of Democracy, Vol.21, No.1 (2010). Cambridge University Press. 5. George Emile Irani, ‘The Papacy and the 12. Migdal, Joel S.; Kohli, Atul; Shue, Vivienne Middle East the role of the Arab-Israeli (eds.) (1994): State Power and Social Forces: conflict 1962-1984’, (1986), New Delhi, Domination and transformation in the Third University of Notre. World. Cambridge: Cambridge University 6. George Emile Irani, ‘The Papacy and the Press. Middle East the role of the Arab-Israeli 13. Raymond A. Hinnebusch, Anoushiravan conflict 1962-1984’, (1986), New Delhi Ehteshami, ‘The Foreign Policies of Middle University of Notre. East States’ (2002), Lynne Rienner 7. Jubin M. Goodarzi, ‘Syria and Iran: Publishers. Diplomatic Alliance and Power Politics in the 14. Raymond Hinnebusch, ‘The International Middle East’, (2006), Tauris Academic Politics of the Middle East’, (2003), Studies. Manchester University Press. 8. Mehran Kamrava, ‘The Modern Middle East: 15. Sandy Isenstadt, Kishwar Rizvi, ‘Modernism A Political History since the First World War’, and the Middle East: architecture and politics (2011), University of California Press. in the twentieth Century’, (2008), University 9. Michael Kort, ‘The Handbook of the Middle of Washington Press. Z FINAL PROOF 159 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
16. Tareq Y. Ismael, Jacqueline S. Ismael, Course Objectives ‘Government and Politics of the The objectives of the course are; Contemporary Middle East: Continuity and • To understand fundamentals of public Change’ (2011), Routledge, Simltancously administration and bureaucracy. published USA & Canada. • To know the relationships between public 17. Watenpaugh, Keith D., ‘Being Modern in the administration and bureaucracy. Middle East: Revolution, Nationalism, • To introduce administrative and bureaucratic Colonialism and the Arab Middle Class’, practices of modern states. (2006) Princeton University Press, Princeton. Learning outcomes At the end of this course, the student will be able Course Title Public Administration and Bureaucracy to; Course Code PSM 22043 • Know meaning and Elements of public administration and Bureaucracy. Conduct Hours 45 • Gain knowledge relationships between public Credit Points 03 administration and bureaucracy. • Understand Administrative and Bureaucratic Introduction practices of selected states Public Administration and Bureaucracy have come to occupy a central place in the complex Course Contents and fast changing modern society. Their actual Part – I (Public Administration) role consists in the provision of services and 1. Nature and Scope of Public Administration regulation of inter-group relations in society. Therefore, this course is designed to understand 2. Origin and Growth of Study of Public fundamentals of public administration and the Administration bureaucracy and their practices in modern states. z 160 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
3. Public Administration, Political Administration Recommended Reading and Private Administration 1. Sharma. M.P., Shadana. B.L., (2000), ‘Public 4. Theories of Organization Administration in Theory and Practice’, 5. Principles and Processes of Management Meerut: Educational Publishers. 6. New Trends of Public Administration 2. Vishnoo Bhagwan and Vidya Bhushan, 7. Public Administration and Citizens ‘Public Administration’, (2001), S. Chand And Company Ltd, New Delhi. Part – II (Bureaucracy) 3. OWEN, E. Hughes, 1998, Public 8. Theories and Models of Bureaucracy Management and Administration: an 9. Max Weber and Bureaucracy Introduction, London, Macmillan. 10. Representative Bureaucracy 4. Manivasagar.A.V., ‘Aspects Of Public Administration’ (2001), South Asian Social 11. Bureaucratic System in Selected States; UK, Science Trust, India. USA and France 12. Bureaucratic System in Third World 5. FERNANDO, Neil, 1992, Training for Countries Decentralized Administration: Issues and Prospects, Colombo, Center for Regional 13. Ombudsman System and Its Practices in UK, Development Studies. France and Sri Lanka 6. Henry, Nicholas. 1980. Public Administration 14. Concept of Decentralization and Its Practices and Public Affairs, 2nd ed. New Jersey: Assessment Methods Prentice Hall. Continuous Assessments – 30 Marks 7. Krislov, S. 1974. Representative Bureaucracy (Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. Written Assignment – 10 Mark 8. Nigro, Felix, A. and Nigro, C. Modern Public Mid Term Examination – 10 Marks Administration. New York: Lloyd Harper and Tutorial & Presentation – 10 Marks Row. Z FINAL PROOF 161 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
9. Osborne, David and Gaebler, T. 1992. Re- Course Title Public Administration in Sri Lanka Inventing Government: How the Entrepreneurial Spirit is Transforming the Course Code PSM 31053 Public Sector. New York: Addison Wesley. Conduct Hours 45 10. Tullock, G. 1965. The Politics of Bureaucracy. Washington, DC: Public Affairs Press. Credit Points 03 11. William A. Niskanen. 1971. Bureaucracy and Introduction Representative Government. Chicago: The public Administration in Sri Lanka has a long Atherton. history. Modern public services system was 12. Barzelay, Michael. 2001. The New Public introduced during the colonial period, particularly Management: Improving Research and British rule. Post-independence period, Sri Lanka Policy Dialogue. University of California has adopted reformed public administrative Press. system its own. Therefore, this course is designed 13. Ameerdeen.V, ‘Pothuthurai Nirvaakam Oor at aiming to survey the origins and the Arimukam’, (2001 Oct), Information and development of the public administration of Sri Welfare Association, Peradeniya. Lanka and it leads students to analysis practices of public administration of Sri Lanka. 14. Gomathinayaham and Dinakaran, ‘Public Administration’, (1992), Deepa Pathippaham, Course Objectives Madras. The objectives of the course are; • To introduce civil service system of Sri Lanka. • To explain background of Sri Lankan Civil Service System. • To describe various aspects of Sri Lanka Administrative Service z 162 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Learning outcomes 8. Public Personal Management in Sri Lanka At the end of this course, the student will be able 9. Public Finance and Management in Sri Lanka to; 10. Public Enterprises in Sri Lanka • Know origin and growth of Sri Lankan Civil 11. New Reforms in Public Administration Service System. 12. Cast and Family Background in Sri Lankan • Gain knowledge regarding Public Civil Service Administration in Sri Lanka. 13. Labour Movements and Political Rights of • Understand Administrative recruitment Civil Servants processes ,Training, rules and regulations of Administrative Service Sri Lanka 14. Office Management System in Sri Lanka: Theory and Practice Course Contents 1. Introduction to Civil Service Assessment Methods 2. Historical Background of Civil Service Continuous Assessments – 30 Marks System of Sri Lanka Written Assignment – 10 Mark 3. Constitutional Changes and Civil Service in Mid Term Examination – 10 Marks Sri Lanka Tutorial & Presentation – 10 Marks 4. Colonial Bureaucracy and Ceylon Civil Service Recommended Reading 5. Administrative Decentralization and Local 1. Gunapala Nanayakkara. 2004. Managing in Government in Sri Lanka Sri Lanka: Problems and Prospects. Colombo: Academy of Management 6. Planning System in Sri Lanka Sciences. 7. Sri Lanka Administrative Service: 2. Jayawardena, L. 1997. Sri Lanka: Reforming Recruitment and Training Process Public Administration. The Report on Z FINAL PROOF 163 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Governanace: Promoting Sound 9. Establishment Code of the Government of Development Management, Fukuoka, ADB. Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka, 3. Neil Fernando. (ed) 1980. Public Volume No: II, 1999, Department of Management. Sri Lanka: Sri Lanka Institute Government Printing, Sri Lanka. of Development Administration. 10. Financial Regulation Code, (1967) Socialist 4. Ramanie Samaratunga. Lynne Bennington. Democratic Republic of Sri Lanka, New Public Management: Challenge for Sri Government publication Bureau Colombo. Lanka, in Asian Journal of Public 11. Financial Regulation Code, (1992) Administration, Vol 24. Issue No.1, (June Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka, 2002). Government printing publication Colombo. 5. Warnapala, Wiswa.W.A. 1964. Civil Service Administration in Ceylon: A Study in Course Title Democracy and Human Rights Bureaucratic Adaption. Colombo: Department of Cultural Affairs. Course Code PSM 32063 6. Wijeweera, B.S. 1988. A Colonial Administrative System in Transition: The Conduct Hours 45 Experience of Sri Lanka. Colombo: Marga Credit Points 03 Publication Pvt. Ltd. 7. Thankaswara Rajah, Namasiwayam Introduction Kamalanathan, Establishment Work and This course will provide students with an Office System in Government Departments, overview of some of the key issues in the Vavuniya: Jeyanigaa Graphic, 2003. Democracy and human rights. Course will briefly 8. Establishment Code of the Government of examine the history and philosophy of the idea of Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka, human rights and focus on the international Volume No: I, 1985, Department of human rights system. The Course will focus on the Government Printing, Sri Lanka. z 164 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
United Nations declaration of Human Rights, the Course Contents role of human rights in the international system, • Definition and the historical background of human rights international treaties, important legal democracy and human rights decisions regarding human rights, and the role of • Relation between Democracy and Human human rights law and philosophy in social Rights movement activism, and the relationship between • Relations between the economic the "war on terror" and human rights at home and development and the Democracy and Human abroad. Rights Course Objectives • International Bill of Human Rights • To help students acquire a thorough • Introduction to international Humanitarian knowledge and understanding of Human Law and Refugee Law Rights and Democracy issues. • Implementation of Human Rights in the World • To provide an in- dept study of various concepts of democracy and human rights • Human Rights Vs Violence & Terrorism and their operations under the deferent social • The role of the mass media in the condition. development of human rights • The skills required to create, prepare, • Human Rights in the third world with special reference to Sri Lanka implement and monitor international programmes related to: the application of • Role of government and non-governmental human rights and democracy-making organization (HRW, AI, UNO, ect…) processes, handling of internal and • Mechanism to reduce human rights violation international security and the protection of adapted by government and non- victims from crimes against humanity governmental organization • Educational Field Trip Z FINAL PROOF 165 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Assessment Methods 6. TONY, Evans, ‘Human Rights Fifty Years on: Continuous Assessments – 30 Marks A Reappraisal’, (1998), Manchester University Press. Written Assignment – 10 Mark 7. D.J. Ravindran, Human Rights Praxis: Mid Term Examination – 10 Marks Resource Book for Study, (1998), Action and Tutorial & Presentation – 10 Marks Reflection, Ertworm Book. Recommended Reading 8. Thomas Buergenthal, ‘International Human Rights in a Nutshell’, (1995),West Publishing 1. PARAN, Diwan & PEEYUSHI, Diwan, Company. ‘Human Rights and law Universal and Indian’, (1999), New Delhi, Deep & Deep. 9. Roland Axtmann, ‘Democracy: Problems and Perspectives’, (2007), Edinburgh University 2. Gokulesh Sharma, ‘Human rights and social Press. justice fundamental rights -vis-a-vis directive principles’,(1997), New Delhi Deep & Deep. 10. Mukherjee, Subrata ; Ramaswamy, Sushila, ‘ Democracy n theory and practice’, (2005), 3. Johannes Morsink, ‘The Universal New Delhi Macmillan. Declaration of Human Rights: Origins, Drafting, and Intent’, (1999), University of 11. Great Britain: Human Rights and Democracy: Pennsylvania Press. The 2012 Foreign & Commonwealth Office Report, (2012), TSO Shop. 4. SRAN, Pogarg, ‘Human Rights in Eastern Europe’, (1995), London, Edward Elgar. 12. Pinnawela, Sisira, Rights and right to participate democracy, development and 5. PETER, Van Ness (ed.), (1999), ‘Debating human rights in post colonial Sri Lanka, Human Rights: Critical Essay from the United (2004), Colombo Friedrich Ebert Stiftung. States and the Asia’. z 166 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
English • Communicate effectively in professional context Course Title Effective Communication Skills • Listen to get specific and the gist/ main ideas Course Code ELM 11013 of the passage
Conduct Hours 45 • Plan, organize and deliver effective presentations Credit Points 03 Course Contents Module Aims • Conversational routines-greetings, thanking, • Develop the ability to communicate orally apologizing, complimenting with confidence • Listening for the main idea and supporting • Motivate the learners to use English in their details. personal and professional career • Functional dialogues-express agreement/ • Develop English language and disagreement, likes/dislikes, surprise/ hope/ communication skills required by students to fear/ disappointment, asking for help/ communicate effectively in their future permission/ directions making professional career suggestions/offers • Help learners to become active and involved • Telephoning mannerism, giving and taking listeners information and negotiating over the phone Learning OutcomesAt the end of the module the • Discussion in groups and pairs-information student will be able to gap activities • Participate effectively in both formal and • Presentation skills informal exchanges, demonstrating • Conducting and participating in meetings- appropriate behaviour to the context proposing vote of thanks and welcome address Z FINAL PROOF 167 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Assessment Methods for personal and professional purposes from • Assessing pair/group tasks – 30 Marks different points of view • Develop ability to adopt a flexible approach Prescribed Text/Teacher’s handbooks to reading and to vary reading strategies 1. Byrne. (1986) Teaching Oral English (2nd edn.) according to the type of material and the London: Longman. purpose 2. Kaul, A. (2005). The effective presentation: • Increase understanding of the reading and Talk your way to success. India: Response writing process Books. • Develop ability to manipulate and use language displaying a good style of writing 3. Lewis, H. (2000). Body language: A guide for professionals. India: Response Books. Learning Outcomes 4. Munter, M. (2006). Guide to managerial At the end of the module the student will be able communication: Effective business writing to and speaking. Seventh Edition. Prentice Hall Edinburgh University Press. • Write descriptions and interpretations for practical and professional purposes in a planned and organized manner. Course Title Advanced Reading and Writing • Develop fluency in the kinds of writing likely to be of use in practical life Course Code ELM 12023 • Identify the main idea(s) and important details Conduct Hours 45 while reading Credit Points 03 • Use adequate range of grammatical structures and vocabulary effectively in Module Aims reading and writing • Develop student’s ability to respond to a • Use strategies to enhance reading skills variety of writing tasks in different situations z 168 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Course Contents Prescribed Text/Teacher’s handbooks • Reading skills: skimming and scanning, 1. Byrne, D. (1988) Teaching Writing Skills develop speed reading (2nd edn) London: Longman. • Literal comprehension: understanding 2. Grellet, F.(1981) Developing Reading Skills, directly stated information Cambridge University Press • Informative writing: plans, description of 3. Ur, P. (1996) A Course in Language Teaching, people/ places Cambridge University Press. • Developing a paragraph: main idea and 4. Soars, John and Liz. Headway: Pre- supporting details Intermediate, Inter-mediate & upper Intermediate, Student’s Book, Teacher’s • Inferring: understanding indirectly stated Book, work Book and cassettes. Oxford information • Practical writing: notes, messages, letters, letters of thanks/ apology/requests, Course Title Language Structure and Applied invitations, CV and covering letter Linguistics • Professional writing: e- mail, fax, agenda, Course Code ELM 21033 minutes, welcome address, vote of thanks formal letters, reports of meetings/ inquiries Conduct Hours 45 and replies, banking correspondence, filling Credit Points 03 in forms • Report writing Module Aims • To develop awareness of the language forms • Interpreting graphs, charts, tables and lists. and their use in meaningful contexts Assessment Methods • To understand grammar learning as an aid to the improvement of oral and written • Group tasks and individual tasks – 30 Marks expression Z FINAL PROOF 169 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
• To sensitize learners to the fundamentals of a) Language skills for appreciation Linguistics and psycholinguistics b) Language skills for production Learning Outcomes c) reading skills At the end of the module the student will be d) literary skills: figurative language, able to rhythm, etc • Gain the background knowledge necessary e) content areas: point of view, plot to study English Literature structure, character development, response to theme • Identify the different genres and their structure • Poetry – William Wordsworth (I Wandered Lonely As A Cloud), Robert Herrick (To • Develop language skills necessary for Daffodils), William Wordsworth (The appreciation and for production Rainbow) Alfreda de Silva (Sea Morning) • Develop reading skills necessary for effective (Sonnet 18), William Blake (Garden Of Love), study of literary texts Tennyson (The Charge Of The Light Brigade) • Identify and understand the effects of literary Robert Burns (My Love Is Like A Red Red skills Rose) Course Contents • Short stories - O Henry (The Gift of the Magi); Oscar Wilde (The Nightingale And The Rose) • Brief introduction to different genres. Poems, • Novel – R.K Narayan (English Teacher) short stories, Novels and drama • Drama Annonymous (Everyman) • Poetry-different forms(elegy, sonnet, ballad, ode, lyrics) Assessment Methods • The following aspects should be developed • Assignments – 30 Marks in relation to literary texts : z 170 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Prescribed Text/Teacher’s handbooks • Develop ability to respond to language of literary texts sensitively 1. Brumfit, J and R.A. Carter, 1986. Literature and Language Teaching. OxfordUniversity • Gain a wider perspective on human values Press and multi-cultural understanding
2. Rajiva Wijesinghe, 1991. A Selection of Learning Outcomes English Poetry,McCallum Books, Sri Lanka At the end of the module the student will be 3. Narayan, R. K, 2010.The English able to Teacher,Indian Thought Publications, Chennai • Empathise/ respond personally- to the text: 4. Anthology for G.C. E (Ordinary Level). feelings, characters, events, scenes, settings Appreciation of English Literary Text through reference and inference 5. Short, Mick.1996. Exploring the language of • Appreciate a text using literary device, poems, plays, and prose. New York: Addison rhythm, form, imagery, language, themes, Wesley Longman mood, tone, • Develop the following skills in relation to the novel and short story Course Title Poetry, Fiction and Drama • Identifying point of view, recognising the significance of setting, character evelopment Course Code ELM 31053 etc. Conduct Hours 45 • Identify the dramatic effects of drama Credit Points 03 • Critically evaluate a literary text
Module Aims Course Contents • Derive pleasure and develop appreciation • The following aspects should be developed and independence in reading in relation to literary texts : Z FINAL PROOF 171 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
a) Language skills for appreciation Prescribed Text/Teacher’s handbooks b) Language skills for production 1. Rajiva Wijesinghe, 1991. A Selection of c) reading skills English Poetry,McCallum Books, Sri Lanka d) literary skills: figurative language, 2. Desai, A .Village by the Sea Thought rhythm, etc Publications, Chennai • content areas: point of view, plot structure, 3. Anthology for G.C. E (Ordinary Level). character development, response to Appreciation of English Literary Text themePoetry – William Shakespeare (Sonnet 4. Ibsen, H. A Doll’s House, Sea Thought 116), Seamus Heaney (Midterm Break), Publications, Chennai William Blake (London), Wilfred Owen (Anthem For Doomed Youth), Thomas Hardy 5. Bronte, C, Jane Eyre, (The Man He killed) Patrick Fernando (The 6. Short, Mick.1996. Exploring the language of Fisherman mourned by his wife) William poems, plays, and prose. New York: Addison Shakespeare, (The seven Ages of man) Wesley Longman Chinua Achebe (Refugee, mother and child)Robert Frost (Fire and ice) John Keats (Ode to Autumn) Course Title English Language Teaching • Short stories - Saki (Open Window) Methodology Rabindranath Tagore (The Postmaster) Course Code ELM 32063 • Novel - Charlette Bronte (Jane Eyre)/ Anita Desai (village by the sea) Conduct Hours 45 • Drama Henrik Ibsen (A Doll’s House) Credit Points 03
Assessment Methods Module Aims • Assignments – 30 Marks • Develop capacity to teach English for students of different levels z 172 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Learning Outcomes presentation, practice, application, evaluation, At the end of the module the student will be able to Assessment Methods • Be familiar with good classroom • Assignments and teaching Practice management - 50 Marks • Identify the characteristics of a good language teacher Prescribed Text/Teacher’s handbooks • Use a variety of question types to serve 1. Gebhard. Jerry G.2006 Teaching English as a different purposes in ESL classroom Foreign or Second Language • Able to organize pair/group work effectively 2. Harmer. J. How to Teach English. Longman • Use effective language teaching techniques 3. Hedge, T.2000. Teaching and learning in the Language Classroom. Oxford University Course Contents Press • The good language teacher • Classroom Management • Classroom Language • Approaches, methods and techniques of English Language Teaching • Questioning techniques • Pair and group work • Visual aids • Handling Learner error • Language teaching techniques: Different stages in the lesson, - introduction, Z FINAL PROOF 173 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Sociology Course Content: Course Title Understanding of Society : • Definition Scope Importance and Branches of Sociology Process & Structure • Sociology and other Social Science Course Code SOM11013 • Individual and collectivity: Socialization Conduct Hours 45 • Social Groups • Culture Credit Points 03 • Social inequality :Class ,caste, Status. Objectives • Social Control This is an introducing Course. Which throws light • Social Change on grasping the basic concept in Sociology. It seek to develop an appreciation of the unity of the Assessment Methods human species and the diversity of human • Continuous Assessments – 30% societies .It takes a holistic approach to the Study Tutorial 2X5=10% of the society by emphasizing the inter Group +Individual Presentation – 10% connectedness of social institution Major Assignment – 5% Learning out comes Mid Exam – 5% • The Students will be able to require a Recommended Reading sociological understanding about society are • Anthony, Giddens, (2005) Sociology, their functions. Cambridge: Polity press. • Student will be expected to realize the • IA+g; S.M,( 2013) r%ftpay; : contemporary social system of society milg;gil vz;zf;fUf;fs; r%f tpQ;Qhdg;gpupT> njd;fpof;F gy;fiyf;fofk; z 174 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
• bAlu; rpy;th> gp.gp. rptg;gpufhrk;> Course Title Education in Sociological Aspects guk;Nrhjp jq;fNty; (2009)> rhjpapd;ikah? Rhjpkiwg;gh> Fkud; Course Code SOM 12023 gjpg;gfk;> nfhOk;G. Conduct Hours 45 • Haralabos,M. (1998), Sociology: Thems and Credit Points 03 perspectives, Oxford University press, New Delhi. Objectives • Macionis,J.J (2005), Sociology, Prentice hall, An examination of how educational institutions NewJersy. reflect and influence social. economic and political forces in the larger society with an • Marsh.I, & M.Keating (2006), Sociology: emphasis on education in Sri Lanka and muslim Making sence of Society ,3rd Edition, Essex Community. Understanding the relationship press. between schooling and social Inequality of the • Rao, Sankar,(2002), Sociology: Primary society. How public polices shaped education, principles, Chand & company Ltd, New Delhi. current public deletes over educational equality • R`pwh.vk;.it.vk;> (2012)> r%ftpay; and effectiveness, and challenge facing public mwpKfk;> kPs;ghu;it ntspaPL;> education in post – individual society. nfhOk;G. Learning out comes The end of the course, students will be able to • Define the concept Sociology of education • Describe the relation between education and sociology • Evaluate the social concern in their institution • Plane and Design the most effective Social net in educational institutions Z FINAL PROOF 175 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course Content: Recommended Reading • Introduction to Education in Sociological • Bamk, Olive (1971) The Sociology of aspect: Concept and origin Education, Best ford Ltd, London • Theories of Education and Society • Galagama’s (2005) Sociology of Education, National library association, Colombo • Education as a Social Institution (Social Capital) • Gunawardene Chandra (1996) “Education in Sri Lanka a tool of empowerment /An • Social Inequality an Education Instrument of Social mobility, • Education and Socialization CWW.Kannagara memorial lecture, oct-1996 • Education and Social mobility • Hettige,S.T. (1993) Education and Human • Education and Cultural changes Development in : Some Sociological issues, Sri Lanka Association of advancement of • Education and Human Development Scince. Colombo. • Education and Socio , culture and Economic • Hasbullah S.H.Saifudeen N.P. “Muslim issues. Education in Sri Lanka” (2009), muslim • Opportunity and Changing in global Market. Women Research and action forum, Colombo Assessment Methods • Karunanithi M. (2008) “Educational • Continuous Assessments – 30% Sociology” Kumar press, Tutorial 2X5=10% • Rauff Zain (2009) “Muslim Education in Sri Group +Individual Presentation – 10% Lanka”-Challenges and proposal, a field Major Assignment – 5% report, Ibnu kaltoom Research institute for Mid Exam – 5% Social Science, Thikariya z 176 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Course Title Environmental Studies a Impact of man on the environment a Hunter and Food gathering society Course Code SOM 21033 a Agricultural society a Urbanized society Conduct Hours 45 a Modern Society Credit Points 03 • Environmental Quality and Pollution Objectives • Global Social Issues and the Environment The main objective of this course is to provide • Society, Environment and Sustainable basic knowledge of environment, Society, Development resources, environmental issues and their management strategies and polices. a Poverty and Environment a Population and Environment Learning out comes a Environment and Human Health The Students will be able to analyst about a Politics and environment Environment and their functions and Explore the a Global Ethics relationship between human societies and the larger natural environment. • Environmental Policies Will be able to review the history of resources • International Societies and Environmental use, pollution, and development in Sociological Management context. • Field work Student will be expected to realize the contemporary Environmental issues, situation, Assessment Methods Practical problems and management. • Continuous Assessments – 30% Course Content: Tutorial 2X5=10% • Natural Environment: Definition, components Group +Individual Presentation – 10% Major Assignment – 5% • Natural Resources: Living and Non living resources Mid Exam – 5% Z FINAL PROOF 177 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Recommended Reading Course Title Globalization and Social Justices • AgravalaS.P.,(2006), Essential of Course Code SOM 21043 Environmental studies”, Narosa Pub, India • Asthana,D.K, Meera(2006), Environment Conduct Hours 45 Studies, Chand press, India Credit Points 03 • Enger, E.D, & Smith B.F (2008), Objectives Environmental Issues, Mc Raw Hill Pvt, Boston • Objective to study the globalization process • Immons, I.H(2008), Global Environmental from Economic, Social and cultural History , UC press, Chicago. dimensions , over national and regional scales. • Kemp, D.D (2004), Exploring Environmental Issues, London • The main focus is analysis of globalization waves from a development perspective. This • Man & Environment, (1991), Central subject also examines how they can be more Environment Authority & University grand effectively managed with in the developing Commission, Colombo. countries in their pursuit of sustainable • Robert I, Prosser(1992), Human System In the growth and the preservation of socio- cultural Environment, Thems Nelson and sons Pvt. characteristics. • Smith, K. & Petley ,D.N(2005), Environmental Learning out comes Hazard: Assessing Risk and Reducing Disaster, Newyork The Students will be able to • Define Globalization. • Thomson(2004),’Living in the Environment”, INC pvt, USA • Evaluate the global dynamics of political, Economical, Social situation of countries. • University of Commission (2005), Environment Studies, Chand press, India • Apply the knowledge of global issues theirs life pattern z 178 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Course Content: Recommended Reading • Definition and dimensions of Globalization – • Albrow,M(1997), The Global Age, Stanford economic, Society and Culture. university press, Stanford. • Globalization and it’s historical root • Back,U(2000), what is Globalization? Polity press, Cambridge • Globalization process • Cohen, Robin (2000), Global Sociology, • Impact of Globalization – McKinney Paul Press • migration and Globalization • Dixson,C, & Smith, D (1197), Uneven • Democracy –Terrorism and Globalization Development in South Asia, Agates press, • Third world countries and new social India phenomena • Held, D(ed), (2004), A Globalizing world? Culture, Economic and politics, Rutledge ltd, • Responses to Globalization – Reorientation of London. policies( Economic, Social ,Culture and Politic) Course Title Gender and Society • Globalization and Sustainable Development • Toward Global society : Utopia or Dystopia Course Code SOM 31053
Assessment Methods Conduct Hours 45 • Continuous Assessments – 30% Credit Points 03 Tutorial 2X5=10% Objectives Group +Individual Presentation – 10% • The Main Objective of this subject is to Major Assignment – 5% introduce the concept of gender. Mid Exam – 5% • To study the gendered dimension of development in the global, south through examine the cultural diversity of gender Z FINAL PROOF 179 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
values and identities and the socio economic • UN Resolution and convention on Gender changes in relations to social security and • Policies relating to socio economic changes, welfare. Also explore the theoretical welfare and Empowerment : South Asia approaches to gender debates relating to the • Role of Women’s organizations border issues (Education, politics, work, health) and social change. Assessment Methods Learning out comes • Continuous Assessments – 30% The Students will be able to Tutorial 2X5=10% • Define Gender Group +Individual Presentation – 10% • Evaluate the Socio , Economic cultural Major Assignment – 5% dynamics of Gender Mid Exam – 5% • Apply the knowledge of gender in their family, Education working environment. Recommended Reading • Atkins, J.M, & Erring ton(1990), Power & Course Content: differences: Gender an island south east Asia, • Sex and Gender introduction Stanford press, London. • Gender theories: west and Islamic • Bonvillan,N(1998), Women and men: Cultural perspective constructions of gender, NJ print hall. • Gender role and identities in various culture • Correia,M.C,(2006), Other half of gender,: • Socialization of gender role man’s issues in Development, Harden press. • Role of Women in Domestic and Public life • CEDAW Convention & 1325 Resolution, • Gender issues (Violence, reproduction, (2005), UNDP publication employment, poverty) • Haralambos, Sociology, (2000), Colings Pub. • Islamic Sociological Justice and Gender ,uhafd; > Mzhjpf;fKk; r%f Equality and Equity • (2002) z 180 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
xLf;F KowAk;> fpisf;fhw;W processes of development. Development is not ntspaPl;lfk;> nrd;id. merely a process that Signals the advancement of economic indicators of society. The Course • jpUr;nre;Jhud;> (1997)> jkpo; tuyhw;Wg; gbkq;fspy; xU ngz;zpiy Nehf;F> focus on both theories of Development and Fkud; gjpg;gfk;> nrd;id Anthropological and sociological literature. From around the world which deals with cultural jpUr;nre;Jhud;> > tu;f;fk;> rhjp> • (1998) Social aspect of development including ease ngz;zpiyg; gz;ghL: ngupahupd; structure as well as issues of culture change rpe;jid gw;wpa Nehf;F and dynamics of planned cultural change as a • ngz;fy;tp Ma;Tikak; (2000)> r%ff; produce to development. Nfhl;ghl;Lj; jsj;jpy; ghy;epiy Learning out comes • K];ypk; ngz;fs; Muha;r;rp nray; Kd;dzp> (2012)> ,];yhkpa r%f • Students will able identify and analyses the ePjpiaAk; kw;Wk; ghy;epiy socio-Economic Consequences of the spatial rkj;Jtj;ijAk; Nkk;gLj;jy;. inequality of sources • Analyze Development and problem from a sociological perspective. Course Title Development in Sociological Perspective Course Content: Course Code SOM 32063 • Definition and concept of development Conduct Hours 45 • Theoretical explanations.
Credit Points 03 • Culture, Social and Development • Local, regional, and Global pertness of Objectives Development This Course will introduce students to the idea and • Inequalities and Development implication of development and the manner in • Development and Under Development which Socio- Culture. Considerations impact upon Z FINAL PROOF 181 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
• Factors effecting Development • Laffcrty MM. (2004) Governance for • Revolution and Development process in Sustainable Development Elgar publication. society • UNDP Hand book-Development. (2002) • Social Development in Sri Lanka • Strategies to overcome development Tamil challenges • Sustainable Development Course Title Tamil Language and Writing Skills
Assessment Methods Course Code TLM 11013 • Continuous Assessments – 30% Conduct Hours 45 Tutorial 2X5=10% Credit Points 03 Group +Individual Presentation – 10% Major Assignment – 5% Course Objectives Mid Exam – 5% To introduce the various elements of language in general and to introduce different aspects of Recommended Reading Tamil Language in particular in order to understand the complexities of language as a • Webstar Andrew (1980) Introduce to the medium of communication; to provide basic “Sociology development” more uton knowledge in writing skills and basic grammar in publication order to enhance the students’ skills in writing • Atkinson a Dietz,s (2007) Hand Book of Tamil Language effectively. sustainable Development ,Elgar publication , Northemption Course Content: Language as a medium of communication; • Seligson MA. & Passe – Smith J. (2003) distinctive features of human language; language Development & Under Development, Rienner publication structure; language, history and society; z 182 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
evaluation of Tamil language Tamil: as classical 6. Macaulay, Ronald, (1961), The Social Arts: and modern language, transnational language, Language and its Use,London, Oxford multi-ethnic and multi-cultural language; Internal University Press. diversity of Tamil - dialect variations - regional and 7. Yote, George,(1996), The Study of Language, social dialects of Tamil; Tamil diglossia – (literary Cambridge University Press. and colloquial); Tamil writing system – pronunciation, spelling and basic sandi rules; word formation and word classes, writing effective Course Title Study of Tamil Literature sentences; punctuation and paragraphs Course Code TLM 12023 Prescribed References Conduct Hours 45 1. rPdpthrtHkh> Nfh.> (1986)> Credit Points 03 fpisnkhopapay;> mz;zhkiy efH> midj;jpe;jpaj; jkpo; nkhopapay; fofk;. Course Objectives 2. RrPe;jpuuh[h> R.> (1999)> jkpo; nkhopapay; Understanding literature as an aesthetic rpe;jidfs;> nrd;id> up\gk; gjpg;gfk;. expression of human experience and as a socio- cultural product; providing a broader outlook of 3. Rg;gpukzpak;> gh.uh.> QhdRe;juk;> t.> (2001)> jkpo; eilf; ifNaL> nrd;id> Tamil literary tradition; developing critical skills to milahsk;. appreciate literature.
4. E/khd;> vk;.V.> (2000)> mbg;gilj; jkpo; Course Content: ,yf;fzk;> nfhOk;G> G+ghyrpq;fk; The meaning and function of literature; literature, Gj;jfrhiy. society and culture; language and literature; brief 5. gue;jhkdhH> m.fp.> (1992)> ey;yjkpo; history of Tamil literary; folk, classical and modern vOj Ntz;Lkh? nrd;id> ghup Tamil literature; Religious pluralism in Tamil epiyak;. literature; Tamil literature in the global context; Criticism in Tamil literature Z FINAL PROOF 183 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Prescribed References 9. ntq;flrhkp> kapiy> rPdp> (1938) fpwp];jtKk; jkpOk;.> nrd;id 1. ,uhkypq;fk;> kh.> (1973)> ,Ugjhk; E}w;whz;Lj; jkpo; ,yf;fpak;> nrd;id> 10. Jesudason, C. and H., (1961), A History of jkpo;g; Gj;jf epiyak; Tamil Literature, Calcutta, Y.M.C.A. 2. ifyhrgjp> f.> (1980)> etPd Publishing House. ,yf;fpaj;jpd; mbg;gilfs;> nrd;id> 11. Welch, Bett Yuonne, et al. (1975), kf;fs; ntspaPL. Introduction to Literature, (New Edition), 3. ifyhrgjp> f.> KUifad;> fp.> (1976)> Massachusetts, Ginn and Company. ftpij eak;> nfhOk;G> Fkud; Gj;jf ,y;yk;. Course Title Journalism 4. cit];> k.K.> (1984)> ,];yhk; tsHe;j jkpo;> nrd;id> cyfj; jkpo; - Muha;r;rp Course Code TLM 21033 epWtdk;. Conduct Hours 45 5. rptj;jk;gp> fh. (1994)> jkpopyf;fpaj;jpy; kjKk; khdplKk;> nrd;id> epA nrd;Rup Credit Points 03 Gf; `T];. Course Objectives 6. rptj;jk;gp> fh. (2001)> etPdj;Jtk; - To provide theoretical and realistic knowledge in jkpo; - gpd;dttPdj;Jtk;> nrd;id> journalism and journalistic writing; to study the kf;fs; ntspaPl;lfk;. origin and growth of Tamil journalism; to develop 7. E/khd;> vk;.V.> (2006)> nkhopAk; practical skills in journalistic use of Tamil ,yf;fpaKk;> ehfh;Nfhapy;> fhyr;RtL Language. gjpg;gfk;> Course Content: 8. ukP]; mg;Jy;yh`;> (2000)> This course is designed to provide the critical fpof;fpyq;ifapd; fpuhkpak;> nfhOk;G> knowledge in the field of Tamil print media. It ky;ypif ntspapl;lfk;. z 184 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
consists of: Introduction to mass communication 3. Fsj;J}ud;> f.> (1975)> jkpo;g; and mass media; origin and growth of Tamil gj;jpupiffs;> ehfh; Nfhapy;> n[aFkhup journalism; the impact of Tamil journalism on the ];Nlhh; development of journalistic style; elements of rhkp> m.kh.> (1987)> jkpo; ,jo;fs;: Tamil journalistic writing and style; writing news 4. Njhw;wk; tsh;r;rp> nrd;id> etkzp> report, editorials, columns and feature articles; writing captions and advertisements. gjpg;gfk; 5. Nrhkny> (1984)> jkpo; ,jo;fs;> Prescribed References nrd;id> nrd;idg; gy;fiyf; fofk;. 1. Nfhjz;lghzp> ,uh.> (1987)> ,jopay;> kzpad;> jq;f> (1986)> gj;jphpif kJiu> fw;gfk; ntspaPL. 6. nkhopeil> jpUr;rp> khzpf;fg; gjpg;gfk;. 2. jahsd;> Nt.> n[ah> t.> (1989)> kf;fs; jfty; njhlh;gpay;> Nfhak;Gj;J}h;> n[ah 7. tpN[e;jpud;> ,> (2008)> cyfpd; gjpg;gfk;. %d;whtJ fz;> ,uh tpd; gjpg;gfk;.
3. kzpad;> jq;f (1986)> gj;jphpifj; jkpo;> 8. tpN[e;jpud;> ,> (2009)> [dehafj;jpd; jpUr;rp> khzpf;fg; gjpg;gfk;. ehd;fhtJ J}z;> ,uh tpd; gjpg;gfk;.
4. wkP]; mg;Jy;yh`;> (2012)> ,yq;ifj; 9. Agee, W.K., (1979) Introduction to Mass jkpo; gj;jphpiffs;: 1841-1950> nfhOk;G> Communication, London, OUP. Fkud; gjpg;gfk;.
Additional References 1. me;Njhzp> ,uhR> M.gp.> (1980)> ,jopay; Xh; mwpKfk;> jpUr;rp> MNuhf;fpak; gjpg;gfk;.
2. fpup> gp.tp.> (1988)> nra;jp ,jo;fspd; fij> nrd;id> fof ntspaPL. Z FINAL PROOF 185 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course Title Sri Lankan Tamil Literature and literary criticism; • Study the impact of ethnic conflict on the Course Code TLM 22043 literary development among the expatriate Conduct Hours 45 Sri Lankan Tamil community abroad Credit Points 03 Course Content: Course Objectives This course consist of two parts. First part deals with the Origin- Eelaththuppoothanthevanaar, To study the impact of society on the development Medieval Phase and Literature, Colonial phase of Sri Lankan Tamil literature; to understand the and the development of literature. Second part relationships between religion, society and deals with the contemporary period and the literature; to provide a clear understanding of the development of Tamil literature Poetry, short origin and historical development of Tamil story, Novel, drama and literary criticism. Literature in Sri Lanka; to critically evaluate the development of Tamil Literature in Sri Lanka, its contribution of poets and writers to the origin and development, major literary development of Sri Lankan Tamil literature. movements, major writers and their works and Learning out comes Diaspora and Sri Lankan Tamil writings abroad. At the end of the course the student will have a Prescribed References good knowledge of the development of Tamil 1. mUzhryk;> f.> (1994)> kiyafj; jkpo; literature in Sri Lanka; they will be able to: ,yf;fpak;> nfhOk;G> jkpo; kd;wk;. • Comment on the early Tamil social formation 2. fzgjpg;gps;is> f.> (1962)>
4. eluh[h> Nf.v];> (1987)>
as a multi-cultural product; Islamic poets; contribution of the Muslim scholars to the development of Tamil prose in the late 19th • understand the socio-historical background and early 20th centuries; the impact of Arabic on of the emergence of Arabic Tamil and Arabic Tamil language and literature; modern writers and Tamil literature; the concept of Islamic Tamil Literature. • To critically evaluate the literary works produced by Muslim poets and also to Text Books identify the Hindu elements in Islamic Tamil 1. cit];> k.K.> (1984)> ,];yhk; tsHj;j literature; jkpo;. nrd;id> cyfj; jkpo; Muha;r;rp epWtdk;. • To evaluate the contribution of Muslim scholars to the development of modern Tamil 2. K];jgh> kzit> (1986)> jkpopy; prose; ,];yhkpa ,yf;fpa tbtq;fs;> nrd;id> kPuhgg;spNfrd;. • To identify the linguistic peculiarities of Islamic Tamil literature; Evaluation Method • To comment whether the modern writings of Continuous Assessment: 30% Muslim authors can be considered as Islamic End Semester Exam: 70% literature. Prescribed References Course Content: 1. mg;Jy; w`Pk;> vk;.MH.vk;.> (1980)> Religion and literature, problem of defining Islamic K];ypk; jkpo;g; GytHfs;> nrd;id. Tamil literature; the spread of Islam in Tamilnadu and Sri Lanka and the social formation of Tamil 2. mg;J];]kJ> m.].> (1996)> ,];yhkpa speaking Muslims; a historical over view of ,yf;fpa Nehf;F> rha;e;jkUJ> Islamic Tamil literature; the origin of Arabic Tamil ,];yhkpa Gj;jfepiyak;. and the nature of Arabic Tamil Literature; major 3. m[;ky;fhd;> gp.K.> (1982)> ,];yhkpaj; Islamic epics; traditional literary forms used by the jkpo;r; rpw;wpyf;fpaq;fs;> kJiu> Islamic poets; new literary forms used by the rHNthja ,yf;fpag; gz;iz. z 188 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
4. cit];> k.K.> m[;ky;fhd;> gp.K.> Course Title Feminine Literature in Tamil (1986)> ,];yhkpa ,yf;fpatuyhW - 1> kJiu> kJiuf; fhkuhru; Course Code TLM 32063 gy;fiyf;fofk;. Conduct Hours 45 5. cit];> k.K.> m[;ky;fhd;> gp.K.> (1990)> ,];yhkpa ,yf;fpa tuyhW - 2> Credit Points 03 kJiu> kJiuf; fhkuhru; Course Objectives gy;fiyf;fofk;. To provide a critical understanding of literary 6. cit];> k.K.> m[;ky;fhd;> gp.K.> theories that are dominant in contemporary (1994)> ,];yhkpa ,yf;fpatuyhW - 3> literary discourse and to enhance the students kJiu> kJiuf; fhkuhru; knowledge on various aspects of literature; to gy;fiyf;fofk;. provide theoretical tools to approach and to 7. fdp> MH.gp.vk;.> (1963)> ,];yhkpa analyze literary works in different perspectives. ,yf;fpaf; fUt+yk;> njd;fhrp> mUs; To study the development of the theory of E}y; gjpg;gfk;. Feminism; various aspects of the theory of feminism; to understand the relationships 8. rptj;jk;gp>fh.> (1994)> jkpo; ,yf;fpaj;jpy; between religion, society and feminine literature; kjKk; khdplKk;> nrd;id> epA+ to provide a clear understanding of the origin and nrQ;RupGf; `T];. historical development of feminine literature in 9. E/khd;> vk;.V.> (2006)> nkhopAk; Tamil; to critically evaluate the contribution of ,yf;fpaKk;> ehfHNfhtpy;> fhyr;RtL poets and writers to the development of feminine gjpg;gfk;. literature in Sri Lanka and India. Consider how 10. nksyhdh> nra;aJ `]d;> v];. V.> differences among women are analyzed in (1968)> ,];yhkpaj; jkpo; ,yf;fpar; feminist thought; Develop student’s critical nrhw;nghopTfs;> nfhOk;G> muR thinking skills through the application of feminist ntspaPL. perspectives on Contemporary problems and institutions. Develop an understanding of how Z FINAL PROOF 189 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
various factors contribute to the differing images contemporary feminist theory and of women in literature and demonstrate this cultural studies to analyze popular media understanding through feminine text. Identify texts. various twentieth- and twenty-first century ➢ Understand the basic concepts of major aesthetic and political movements considered to critical theories used in studies of be feminist, including their major critical ideas, popular culture themes, assumptions, and vocabularies. ➢ Make practical application of these At the end of the course the students will have a theories to a popular text good knowledge of various feminine literatures and feminine literary theory; they will be able to: ➢ Critically analyze a popular text through close attention to structure, imagery, and ➢ approach and analyze literature in generic components. different views of feminine theoretical perspectives; Course Content: ➢ Define the feminist approaches. This course introduces students to contemporary feminist literary theory. Students will study (1) ➢ Identify the development of the definition of feminine literature relationship between literary theory, literary history and literature of feminism; relationships ➢ Interpret the feminine literature and between religion, society and feminine literature; feminine writers the diversity of feminist approaches to literature, ➢ Understand literature as an aesthetic as literary production, the politics of language; well as a socio-cultural and political gender issues in literature and literary criticism product which can be interpreted and (2) the intersections among feminist literary differently in different theoretical theories, postcolonial theory, Marxism, anti-racist perspectives. criticism, queer theory, and post-structuralism. ➢ Convincingly mobilize a variety of The course combines a historical with a thematic theories and methods used in approach. The course prepares students to z 190 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
consider the complex relationships between and 6. Birch, David, (1989), Language, Literature among language, literature, society and women. and Critical Practice, London & New York, Media text and Feminism Routledge. 7. Egleton, Terry, ( ), Literary Theory, Evaluation Method 8. Christine de Pizan, from The Book of the City Continuous Assessment: 30% of Ladies. (N 13-19) End Semester Exam: 70% 9. Sethuraman, V.S., (Ed.), (1989), Prescribed References Contemporary Criticism: An Anthology, Madras, Macmillan, India Ltd. 1. fy;yu;> nahdhjd;> (2005)> ,yf;fpaf; nfhs;if: kpfr; RUf;fkhd mwpKfk;> 10. Swingwood, Alan, (1986), Sociological nrd;id> milahsk; ntspaPL Poetics and Aesthetic Theory, London, Macmillan. 2. ifyhrgjp> f.> (1972)> ,yf;fpaKk; jpwdha;Tk;;> nrd;id> ghl;lhspfs;; 11. Douglas Kellner,“Cultural Studies, Multi- ntspaPL. culturalism, and Media Culture, ”fromGender, Race, and Class in Media: A Critical Reader 3. ifyhrgjp> f.> (1979)> r%ftpaYk; (7-- 18) ,yf;fpaKk;> nrd;id> epA+ nrQ;RupGf; `T];. 12. Gallagher, A. and Pecot-- Herbert, L., “You Need a Makeover!: The Social Construction 4. E/khd;> vk;.V.> (2006)> nkhopAk; of Female Body Image in A Makeover Story, ,yf;fpaKk;> ehfHNfhtpy;> fhyr;RtL What Not to Wear, and Extreme Makeover,” gjpg;gfk;. Popular Communication, 5(1), 2007, 57-- 5. nty;yhf;> nudp> thud;> M];bd;> (1966)> 59 ,yf;fpaf; nfhs;if> (jkpohf;fk; 13. Judith Fetterley, from The Resisting Reader FNshupahRe;jukjp)> nrd;id> (N443-447) ghupepiyak;. Z FINAL PROOF 191 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
14. Sylvia Plath, “Context” (N443-447) 15. Elaine Showalter, from A Literature of their Own (ME 11-14) 16. Toril Moi, “Women Writing” (TM 49-68) 17. Virginia Woolf (1882-1914): from A Room of One’s Own, Chapter Three, pp. 35-43; 18. Bell Hooks (1955- ): “Talking Back,” pp. 73- 76; 19. Edith Wharton (1862-1937): “A Journey,” pp. 275-82. 20. George Eliot (1819-1880): “Silly Novels by Lady Novelists,” pp. 248-63; 21. Charlotte Perkins Gilman (1860-1935): “The Yellow Wallpaper,” pp. 264-74 22. http://philosophynow.org/issues/64/Pop_ Culture_An_Overview 23. http://culturalpolitics.net/ 24. http://culturalpolitics.net/cultural_theory 25. http://culturalpolitics.net/popular_culture z 192 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS 8.5 Type 3: Compulsory 8.7 List of Elective Courses • Information Technology The following courses are categorized under inter disciplinary courses students are compelled to choose one among those • Englsih elective and one auxiliary mentioned below. These both courses are offered by English Language Teachig Unit (ELTU) and Information Technology Unit (ITU) under the purview Elective Courses of Faculty of Arts and Culture Level – 01 PHE 11012 Critical Thinking and Scientific Method 8.6 Type 4: Elective courses GSE 11012 General Science PME 12022 Principles of Management Each semester exist two course one out of two. Special students BME 12022 Basic Mathematics must choose research methodology under this category. Level – 02 HRE 21032 Human Resource Management HIE 21032 History of Modern Sri Lanka (From 1500 to 1948 AD) THE 22042 Introduction to Hospitality and Tourism BSE 22042 Basic Sinhala Level – 03 SOE 31052 Social Problems and Society EPE 31052 Educational Psychology RME 32062 Research Methodology CJE 32062 Islamic Criminal Justice Z FINAL PROOF 193 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course units in Brief whether they are rational. The idea is to help us do a better job of understanding and evaluating Course Title Critical Thinking and Scientific Method what we read, what we hear, and what we ourselves write and say. Course Code PHE 11012 Week Course Objectives 1. Introduction to Critical Thinking Logic and Critical Thinking is an elective in the 1.1 Basic Overview of Critical Thinking menu of general education. General education is 1.2 The Nature and Value of Critical Thinking designed to implement the following philosophy: 2. Meaning Analysis General Education is the study of humans in their global setting. The general education curriculum, 2.1 The Elements of Meaning therefore, acts as the heart of a university 2.2 Necessary and Sufficient Conditions education by developing the capacities that typify 2.3 Thinking Critically about Ordinary the educated person and by providing a basis for Language life-long learning and intellectual, ethical, and aesthetic fulfillment. General education examines 3. The Nature of Arguments the world around us and fosters an understanding 3.1 Validity and Soundness of our interactions with the world and our place in 3.2 Analogical Arguments the universe. General education celebrates the 3.3 Symbolizing Valid Arguments creative capacities of humankind and helps to preserve and transmit to future generations the 4. Introduction to Fallacies values, knowledge, wisdom, and sense of history 4.1 Fallacy Basics that are our common heritage. 4.2 Inductive and Deductive Fallacies Critical thinking is a broad classification for a 4.3 Types of Fallacies diverse array of reasoning techniques. In general, 4.4 Identifying Fallacies critical thinking works by breaking arguments and claims down to their basic underlying structure, 5. Basic Sentential Logic so we can see them clearly and determine 5.1 Logic Basics z 194 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
5.2 Logical Statements and a Few Basic Prescribed References Concepts 1. Alec Fisher, (1988), The Logic of Real 5.3 Understanding Truth-Tables Argument, Cambridge University Press, New 5.4 How to Translate Ordinary Statements York into Symbolic Formulae 2. Churchland, Ramachandran, and Sejnowski (1994) "A critique of pure vision" in Large- 6. Scientific Reasoning Scale Neuronal Theories of the Brain, edited 6.1 Basic Principles of Scientific Reasoning by Christof Koch and Joel Davis, MIT Press. 6.2 The Method of Scientific Reasoning 3. Cohen M.R., & Nagel E.,1968, An Introduction 6.3 The Scientific Method, Explained by a to Logic and Scientific Method, New Delhi. Scientist 4. Ennis, Robert H. (1996) Critical Thinking. 6.4 Scientific Reasoning and Inductive Upper Saddle, NJ: Prentice Hall, p. xvii. Arguments 5. Facione, Peter (1990) Critical Thinking: A 6.5 Causality Basics Statement of Expert Consensus for Purposes 7. Strategic Reasoning and Creativity of Educational Assessment and Instruction. Executive summary “The Delphi Report.” 7.1 Strategic Reasoning Milbrae, CA: California Academic Press. 7.2 Problem Solving Begins with 6. Hakstaff H., 1996, System of Formal Logic Understanding the Problem 7.3 A Technique for Problem Solving 7. Paul, Richard and Elder, Linda. (2008) The Miniature Guide to Critical Thinking Concepts 7.4 Creative Thinking and Tools. Tomales, CA: Foundation for 7.5 Three Principles of Creative Thinking Critical Thinking. 7.6 A Four Step Cycle for Creative Thinking 8. Merrilee H. Salmon( 2006) Introduction to 8. Critical Thinking in Practice: Reasoning Logic and Critical Thinking , Harcourt Brace. about Values and Morality 9. Wayne Davis, (2007).An Introduction to 8.1 The Nature of Moral Values Logic, 2nd Edition, Kunos Press. 8.2 The Relation of God to Morality Additional References Z FINAL PROOF 195 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course Title General Science Literary, Observable changes occur in the sky and landscape. Course Code GSE 11012 Physical Sciences Course Objectives • Students will be able to describe the The way object move depends on a variety of properties and behavior of familiar objects. factors, including their size and shape, Light and sounds are produced by a range of sources and • They will able to suggest how the can be sensed environment affects them and other living things. Prescribed References • Student will be able to share observations of familiar objects and events. Additional References • Student will be able to describe objects and events that they encounter in their everyday lives, and the effects of interacting with Course Title Principles of Management materials and objects. Course Code PME 12022 • They will be able to describe changes to things in their local environment and suggest Introduction Dramatic changes in the environment give higher how science helps people care for pressure on organizational activities. Available environments. resources are limited to utilize by the organization to achieve its goals. Generally any organizations Week Chemical sciences whether private or public, in industrial or service Objective are made of materials that have sector is characterized need to handle these observable properties, Everyday materials can be resources efficient and effective ways in order to physically changed in a variety of ways. achieve success of organizations and finally accomplishment of social needs, this course is Earth and Space sciences about efficient and effective utilization of Daily and seasonal changes in our environment, resources. including the weather, affect everyday life z 196 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Course Objectives • Chandan, J.S., (2000), Management Theory 1. To provide a systematic and rational & Practice, Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd, approach to the analysis and handling of Delhi issues/problems in Management • Kanagasingam, V., (2006), Contemporary 2. To understand the significant ways to face the Management, Faculty of Commerce and challenges in the environment to drive the Management, Eastern University of Sri organization towards success. Lanka. Week 1. Introduction to Management • In addition, students are requested to refer the management related news and articles in 2. The environment and corporate Culture journals, magazines and newspapers. 3. Ethics and Social Responsibility 4. Managerial Decision Making Course Title Basic Mathematics 5. Designing Adaptive Organizations 6. Human Resource Management Course Code BME 12022 7. Leadership Introduction This course is designed to provide an 8. Motivation understanding in Basic Mathematics to the first year FIA students. Mathematics is an important 9. Communication tool for all scientific and social studies. Therefore, 10. Managerial and Quality Control this course is designed to deliver the basic principles and skills required for the non- Prescribed References mathematic undergraduates. Daft, R.L., (2009), Principles of Management, Cengage Learning India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi. Course Objectives The objectives of this course are: Additional References 1. To provide the fundamental ideas of the Basic • Terry and Franklin, (2006), Principles of Mathematics. Management, 8th ed., A.I.T.B.S. Publishers & 2. To promote the student’s Mathematics Distributors, Delhi. Z FINAL PROOF 197 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
knowledge and skills to solve the real world 4.1. Solution by substitution. problems. 4.2. Solution by equating coefficients. 3. To promote the critical thinking and problem 5. Calculus: solving ability independently. 5.1. Limits Week 1. Indices: • The limit of a function. 1.1. Rules of indices. • Calculating limits using limit laws. 1.2. Simplification of algebraic expressions. 5.2. Differentiation- 2. Logarithms: • Differentiation of polynomials. 2.1. Rules of logarithms. • Second differentiation of polynomials. 2.2. Common logarithms. • Differentiation of product of 2.3. Antilogarithms. functions. 2.4. Evaluation of algebraic expressions • Differentiation of a quotient of two without log tables. functions. 2.5. Evaluation of algebraic expressions by • Application of differentiation- using the log tables. Finding Max. and Min. values 3. Solution of Quadratic Equations: 5.3. Integration- • Standard integrals. 3.1. Solution by factors. xf )( • Integrals of the form. dx 3.2. Solution by completing the square. xf )( 3.3. Solution by formula. • Definite integrals. 3.4. Nature of roots and its applications. • Application of integrals-areas 4. Solution of Simultaneous Equations: between curves. (Simultaneous linear equations with two unknowns) z 198 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
6. Matrices: 4. L. Bostock, and S. Chandler, Core Maths for 6.1. Definition of matrix Advanced Level, Nelson Thornes Ltd. (2006) 6.2. Type of matrices- Additional References • Row matrix, column matrix, square matrix, identity matrix, zero matrix. 6.3. Equal matrices Course Title Human Resource Management 6.4. Addition and subtraction of matrices Course Code HRE 21032 6.5. Multiplication of matrices Introduction This course provides an introduction to the area 6.6. Transpose of a matrix of Human Resource Management Specifically, the 6.7. Determinant of a square matrix focus of the course is on the principles and 6.8. Adjoint of a square matrix practices associated with employment relations, human resources management and development. 6.9. Inverse of a square matrix using the This course will review the core human resource adjoint practices and practice necessary for effective 6.10. Application of matrices – Solution of implementation of Human Resource Strategy in simultaneous equation work organizations. Prescribed References The course will comprise formal lectures and a 1. K. A. Stroud, Engineering Mathematics, McMillan problem focused project. The group project, which Press Ltd. (1995). will mirror the course content. Through this action learning approach, students will implement and 2. Qazi Zameeruddin, V. K. Khanna, and S. K. test Human Resource theory in a practical setting. Nhambri, Business Mathematics, Vikas Publishing House (2006) Course Objectives 3. H. A. Spooner, and D. A. L. Wilson, The Essence • To Understand and apply the policies of the of Mathematics for Business, Prentice-Hall of primary areas of human resource India Private Limited (2003). management Z FINAL PROOF 199 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
• To understand a systematic and rational Management, Third edn, McGraw-Hill Irwin. approach of employment planning and 2. Opatha,H.H.D.N.P. (2009), Human resource staffing management, Author publication • To review the importance of T&D and 3. Werther,B.W. and Davis.K.(1994), Human Development of competencies resources and personnel management, 4th ed. • To present how rewards are to be managed New York:McGraw Hill Book Company in an organization • To provide a systematic and rational Additional References approach to the employee and labour relations Course Title History of Modern Sri Lanka (From 1500) Week 1. Introduction to HRM Course Code HIE 21032 2. Job design and job analysis 3. Human power planning Introduction The teaching of the “Themes in the History of 4. Employee resourcing Modern Sri Lanka” is very important for the final year Degree students to gain more knowledge 5. Performance evaluation about the situation in Europe after closing of 6. Reward management Constantinople (Istanbul), and coming of 7. Human Resource development Europeans to South Asia especially to Sri Lanka 8. Management of discipline and Management and their economic, socio and political impacts. of labour relations Course Objectives 9. HRM and strategic HRM This course unit will give more knowledge on the 10. International HRM European colonial influence in Sri Lanka in respect Prescribed References of various fields. It will give more information on the factors that had determined the course of the 1. Noe, R. A., Hollenbeck, J.R., Gerhart, B., & Wright, islands history periodically. P. M. 2009, Fundamentals of Human Resource z 200 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Week • Introduction Nobodies to Somebody, Social Scientist • Colonial Encounters. Association, Colombo. • Political Upheavals 04. Nira Wickramasinghe, (2006), Sri Lanka in • Kandyan Kingdom. the Modern Age: A History of Contested Identities, Colombo. • Economic Impact: From Mercantilism to Plantation Economy. 05. S. Arasaratnam, (1958), Dutch Power in Ceylon, Amsterdam. • Colonialism and the Changes in Society and Culture. 06. Colvin, R.D. Silva, (1942), Ceylon Under the • New Social Formations: Christians, Indian British Occupation 1795 – 1833, The Tamils and Western Educated Class. Colombo Appothikkaris Ltd., Colombo. • Social Reformers 07. Yogasuntharam, N., (2006), A Comprehensive History of Sri Lanka, A Pre • Missionary Enterprise and Modern History to Tsunami, Vijitha yappa Education. Publications, Colombo. • Evolution of Representative Institutions 1833 – 1941. 08. S. Arasaratnam, (1964), Ceylon, Englewood Cliffs, N.J. • Role of Muslim Leaders in the Institutions. 09. S. Gopalakrishnan, (1988), The Nayaks of Sri • Nationalist Movement and Minority Politics. Lanka, 1739 – 1815, New Era Publications, Prescribed References Madras. 01. K.M. de Silva, (1997), A History of Sri Lanka, 10. K.M. de Silva, (ed.), (1973), University of Oxford University Press, New Delhi. Ceylon, History of Ceylon, Vol III, Colombo
02. C.R. de Silva, (1998), History of Sri Lanka, Vol Additional References II, Vikas Publications, New Delhi. 03. Kumari Jayawardena, (2006), From Z FINAL PROOF 201 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course Title Basic Sinhala • Simple sentence Structures. Course Code BSE 22042 • Basic in Sentence Patterns. • Simple Reading and Writing Exercises. Introduction The need “Tri Lingual” ability has become a dire necessity in Sri Lanka at present and it has • Further into Sinhala Grammar and usage. become a point of discussion especially in the post (Passive Voice, Case, etc) war context with hope of enhancing racial • Practical Language Training. harmony and social integrity. Therefore this • Introducing to simple Literature in Sinhala course is designed for the students whose first Language. language is Tamil and it is aimed at providing a • Practical Listening and Comprehension. sound knowledge in basic grammar of the Sinhala language and its usage in order to assist students • Further Study of Grammar. in spoken and written communication. • Introduction to Modern Sinhala Literature.
Course Objectives Prescribed References The main objectives of the course are; 01. Sidath Sangara Viviranaya – Kumaratunga • To introduce the Sinhala alphabet and word Munidasa (Ed.), Colombo. classes. 02. Kulasooriya, Ananda, ‘Sinhala Sahitya’, Vols. • To teach simple sentence structures and 1 – 4, Saman, Nugegoda. patterns. 03. Sinhala Lekhana Reethiya, National Institute • To improve reading and writing skills. of Education (1998). • To practice oral communication. 04. Disanayake, J.B., Nuthana Sinhala Lekhana Week • Introducing Sinhala Alphabet. Viyakaranaye Akshara Vinyasaya, Lake House Inv… Colombo. • Constructing Simple words using the alphabet. 05. Gunananda; Viihene, (1995), Sinhala • Introducing to Nouns and their different Uyakarana Sangrahaya, Gunasena, varieties. Colombo. z 202 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
06. Jayatilake, K., (1995), Vimarshana Sahitha 2. An overview of Tourism in Sri Lanka Sidath Sangarawa, Pradeepa Prakashakayo, [06hrs] Colombo. • Understanding the evolution of tourism 07. Gamlath; Sucharitha, (1993), Subas Mini Ara, in Sri Lanka, S. Godage, Colombo. • Tourist arrivals and growth pattern, 08. De. Silva, Waruna Dimuth, (2010), Sinhala • Local and foreign tourist, Vada potha Nilakari, Gampola. • Understanding geography of tourism 09. Kumarathunga Munidasa Viyakarana • Sri Lankan attractions and tourist spots, Vivaranaya, (1965), Gunasena, Colombo. • Services offered by H & T sectors, 3. Sectors of hospitality industry [08hrs] Course Title Introduction to Hospitality and Tourism • Food and beverage Course Code THE 22042 • Accommodation Week Introduction to Hospitality and Tourism: • Recreation 1. Understanding the Tourism and • Travel and tourism Hospitality Industry [06hrs] 4. Tourism products and marketing of • Explain what the Hospitality and Tourism (H & T) industry is and how it affects tourism [10hrs] economies • Types of tourism products • Identify jobs relating to and/or affected • Opportunities for new tourism products by the different sectors of the H & T • Developing regional based tourism industry products and promotion • Determine the roles and functions of • Marketing strategies of tourism products individuals engaged in hospitality, for local and foreign tourists tourism, and recreation careers. • Explore opportunities for employment • Customer Relationship Management in and entrepreneurial endeavors. H & T sector Z FINAL PROOF 203 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
5. Practical Tourism Lanka society. And to identify some social • Rake Tour (Mid-Semester) issues that are prevailing in our country and its causes, and to realize the responses of Prescribed References them given by the legislature, religion and other social systems. Additional References Week 1. Introduction to Social issues 2. Juvenile delinquency Course Title Society and Social Problem 3. Child abuse Course Code SOE 31052 4. Alcoholism and Drug Abuse
Introduction Social issues are controversial that affects 5. Marriage, Dowry and Divorce people’s personal lives and social lives. These 6. Aging issues are virtually impossible to avoid from the 7. Suicide society. It happening usually and crates more 8. Violence Against Women impacts on human life. Sociology looks every social problem in various manners. Sociology 9. Crimes analysis how social problems emerge and are 10. Social policies to combat social problems defined as such who take responsibility for them, who is threatened by them, and how they are Prescribed References managed, solved or ignores. In this backdrop, this 01. Hugh F Leona, William B, Helmreich,William course unit tries to give sound to understand Mclord,1992, Issues in society, Bangkok, various social problems facing by the people in Mc Graw -Hill Higher Education. society, especially in the Sri Lankan context. 02. Rao, Shankar C.N., (2007) Sociology, New Course Objectives Delhi: S.Chand & Company. • To understand systematically the social 03. Sharma, Y.K., (2007) Indian Society: Issues issues experiencing by the people in Sri and Problems, Agra: Lakshmi Narain z 204 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Agarwal Publication. Week 1. Introduction to Psychology 04. Sullivan, Thomas, J.1997, Introduction to 2. Introduction to Educational Psychology Social Problems, Allyn and Bacon, USA 3. Research methods of educational psychology Additional References 4. How emerging the concept from childhood 5. Child development and growth Course Title Educational Psychology 6. Adolescence Course Code EPE 31052 7. Learning theories 8. Language and thought Introduction This course is introducing for the third year 9. Solving problem students of the Islamic and Arabic studies. It improves student’s personality development and 10. Memory and forgetting profession psychological knowledge. Since this 11. Motivation course specially provides teaching and learning 12. Personality skills to the students. Students will be able to get suitable jobs in the Educational fields. 13. Emotional problems
Course Objectives Prescribed References 01. Aggrawal J.C. (1994) Essentials of This course consist the following objectives; Educational Psychology, Vikas Publishing • Providing the knowledge of spiritual and fulfill 02. Cohen L & Manion L (1993). Research their social and psychological needs. Methods in Education, Routledge, London • Understanding of the human behavior and, and New York. their positive attitudes in society. 03. Bee Helan C (1985) The developing child, • Providing psychological knowledge In Harper & Row Publishers New York. Education Sectors. 04. Child Dennis (1993). Psychology and the • Approach into the family life for students teacher, Redwood Books. London Z FINAL PROOF 205 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
05. Bigge M.L. (1982) Learning theories for 16. ghyRg;gukzpak; - jdghyd;> fy;tpg; teacher, Harper & Row. gpuNahf cstpay; (2010) Fkud; Gj;jf 06. Estes W.K.ed (1975). Handbook of learning ,y;yk;> nfhOk;G and cognitive process, Newgessy 17. ,yq;if jpwe;j gy;fiyf;fofk;> fy;tp 07. Greenboalgh (1994) Emotional growth and cstpay; njhFjp–I> njhFjp–II (2009) learning, Routledge. ENfnfhl 08. Panda B.N. (1999). Advanced Educational Additional References Psychology,Discovery Publishing 09. Coleman J and Hendry L. (1989). The Nature Course Title Research Methodology of Adolescence, Routledge. London 10. Pikunas J. (1976) Human Development an Course Code RME 32062 emergent science, MC Graw Hill Inc. Course Objectives 11. Research Methods in Education and Social To provide the students (studying Arabic & Islamic Sciences, A third level course (block 1, 2 and Studies) the deepest knowledge on Research 3) (1979) the Open University of United Methodology involves the use of scientific Kingdom. methodology it impales the development of 12. Good T.L. and Brophy J.e. (1990) Educational scientific tools, concepts, and theories which Psychology, A realistic approaches, forth would facilitate reliable and valid study of human edition Long man, Group Ltd. behavior. 13. Mathis B.C. Cotton J.W. Sechrest L (1970) Psychological Foundation of Education, Week 01. Nature and significance of Research Learning and Teaching Academic Press. Methodology 14. Hisham Ath-thalib: Leadership Quality (IIIT) 02. Various kind & Research Methodology rp. rpd;dj;jk;gp> mwpif 15. 03. Purpose of the Research njhopw;ghLfSk;> MrphpaUk; (2003) Jaya International Pvt. (Ltd.), Colombo 04. Sources of Data for Research Methodology z 206 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
05. Qualities of a Good Research 3. Silverman, D., (2005) “Doing qualitative research, theory, method and practice 06. Definition of Research thousand OAKS, CA; sage 07. Stages in Research Process 4. mUs; nkhop.nr.> fy;tp Ma;T a. Selection of a Research problem Kiwfs; (2008) Raja book centre, Baticaloa b. Organizations Vs Individual Research Additional References c. Developing the ideas through experience survey 1. Kjell Erik Rudestam. (2007), Surviving your Dissertation, sage publications, US 08. Hypothesis 2. Poikinghorne, D.E. (1983), Methodology for 09. Analysis and Interpretation of data the human sciences; systems of inquiry, 10. Meaning and purpose of Research proposal Albany; state university of new York press / Report 3. Richards, L.(2005) Handing qualitative data; a. Qualities of a Good Research Proposal / A Practical Guide. thousand oaks, CA; sage Report 4. Shapiro, J.J. & Nicholsen., S. (1986) b. Planning of the Report Guidelines for writing papers. sarita Barbara, CA; fielding Graduate University. c. Presentation of a Report 11. Style in writing Course Title Islamic Criminal Justice System Prescribed References Course Code CJE 32062 1. Kutin, T. (1962) The structure of scientific revolutions, Chicago; University of Chicago Course Objectives press A crime is a communal wrong and by this means 2. CAUVERY, R., and a Group & Editors, (2005) brings laws relating thereto to the realm of the “Research Methodology, S. CHAND & public. Therefore, Islamic criminal law is regarded Company New Delhi Z FINAL PROOF 207 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
as the central to the entire Islamic legal system. discusses specific crimes and the subsequent Religio-political parties in a number of Muslim punishment imposed. The evidential law of crime countries have increasingly been insisting the and the interpretation of the same are examined application of the Islamic criminal justice system through case studies involving Saudi Arabia and within their respective jurisdictions. Countries Pakistan. As a final point, the implications of the such as Saudi Arabia, Sudan, Pakistan, and application of Islamic criminal law in the Nigeria have demonstrated the application of such contemporary world are discussed. law in varying levels. The use of the law has had wider implications. This is particularly so when Week 1. Preliminaries and Sources of Islamic one looks at the compatibility of this law with law international human rights treaties and 1.1. Sources of Islamic Criminal Law conventions, to which the Muslim countries are 1.2. Purpose of Islamic Criminal Law party. These are but a few reasons as to why the (Maqasid) Islamic criminal justice system has became an important, and arguably, the most discussed 1.3. Criminal Responsibility branch of Islamic law. 2. Crimes and Punishment The fundamental purpose of this course is to 2.1. Law of Equality (Qisas) introduce students to the Islamic criminal justice 2.2. Intentional Killing or Homicide system and initiates with preliminaries of Islamic (Qatl al-‘amd) criminal law. Students will be required to consider the objectives of the law as well as criminal 2.3. Killing by Mistake (Qatl al-khat’a) responsibility. The course reflects upon the 2.4. Killing of a Non-Muslim Qur’an, Hadith, Ijma, Ijtihad and Qiyas as a means 2.5. Bodily Injury of providing an understanding of the Islamic legal 2.6. Capital Offences (Hudud) tradition. Some crimes and the sentences imposed for the same have been subjected to 2.7. Adultery and Fornication (Zina) severe criticism in the past. Therefore, this course 2.8. Theft (Sariqa) z 208 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
2.9. Drinking Alcohol (Shurb al- Khamr) 5. Case Study Two-Pakistan 2.10. Discretionary Punishments (Ta’zir) 5.1. Background 5.2. Criticisms of the Laws 3. Evidential law of crime (proof) 5.3. Inferences from the Laws 3.1. Shahada 5.4. The Historical Context of the Offence 3.2. Confession (Iqrar) and Punishment for Zina: The Qur’anic 3.3. Circumstantial Evidence Text. 5.5. Commentary on the Qur’anic Text. 4. Case Study One- Saudi Arabia 5.6. Trend and Issues in the Application of 4.1. Background Islamic Criminal law: Some lessons 4.2. Historical Overview from the field. 4.3. The introduction of Islamic Criminal 5.7. Case Laws: Mrs. Humaira Mehmood Law vs. The State and Mrs. Zafran Bibi vs. 4.4. Court Structure The State. 4.5. Crimes and Punishments 5.8. Divergence between Trial Court 4.6. Homicide (Qisas) Decisions and Appellate/Superior Courts. 4.7. Intentional homicide (Qatl al-amd) 4.8. Death penalty 5.9. The Protection of Women (Criminal) Amendment Act 2006 4.9. Compensation (Diyyah) 4.10. One hundred lashes and imprisonment 6. Implication of Applying Islamic 4.11. Bodily Injury Criminal Law 4.12. Blood-money (Diyyah) Prescribed References 4.13. Capital Offences (Hudud) 1. Coulson N.J, A History of Islamic Law, (Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, 1964) Z FINAL PROOF 209 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
2. Masud M.K, et al ,Islamic Legal 9. Voll, J.,Crime and Punishment in Islamic Law: Interpretation: Muftis and Their Theory and Practice from Sixteenth to the Fatwas(Cambridge: Harward University twenty first Century,Islamic Law and society, Press, 1996). 2007) 3. Alallif, A.A, Punishment in Islamic Criminal 10. H.R. Kusha, The Sacred Law of Islam (Ald Law in Bassiuni, The Islamic Criminal Justice Islamic shot: Dartmouth, 2002) System, (Ed.) New York: Oceana 11. Lippman, M, et al (1988), Islamic Criminal Publication, 1982) pp 272-236. Law and Procedure: An Introduction, 4. El-Awa, M.S.,Punishment in Islamic law: A Greenwood Publishing Group. Comparative Study(Indianapolis: American 12. Mahmood, T. (2005) Criminal Law in Islam Trust Publishers,1982). and the Muslim World: A Comparative 5. Fairchild, E.S., Comparative Criminal Justice Perspective, Institute of Objective Studies. System, Belmont, CA: Wadsworth Publishers 13. Peiffer, E. (Spring, 2005), “The Death Penalty Co, 1993). in Traditional Islamic Law and as Interpreted 6. Gottesman, E., The Re-emergence of Qiyas in Saudi Arabia and Nigeria”, 11 William and and Diyat in Pakistan(23, Columbia Human Mary Journal of Women and the Law, 507. Rights Law Review, 433. 14. Powers, P.R (2007) “Offending Heaven and 7. Kamali,M.H.,Punishment in Islamic Law, A Earth: Sin and Expiation in Islamic Homicide Critique of the Hudud Bill of Kelantan, Law” Islamic Law and Society, Vol. 14, No. Malaysia ( Arab Law Quarterly, 1998, 1, pp. 42-80 Vol .13, No. 3) pp 203-234) 15. Siddiqi, M. I. (1979), The Penal Law of Islam, 8. Usmani, M.T., Islamization of Laws in Lahore, Kazi. Pakistan: The Case of Hudud Ordinances ( 16. Schmalleger, F. (1993) Criminal Justice The Muslim World, 2006, Vol. 96, pp 284- Today. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. 304). z 210 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
17. Baderin, M. A. (2004-2005) “Effective Legal Representation in “Shari’ah” Courts as a Means of Addressing Human Rights Concerns in the Islamic Criminal Justice System of Muslim States” Vol. 11, Yearbook of Islamic and Middle Eastern Law. 18. Hussein, G Muhammad (2003) “Basic Guarantees in the Islamic Criminal Justice System” in Abdel Haleem, M, Sherif, A O & Daniels, K (eds)Criminal Justice in Islam: Judicial Procedure in the Shari’a. London: I B Tauris 19. Quraishi, A (1997) “Her Honor: An Islamic Critique of the Rape Laws of Pakistan from a Woman-Sensitive Perspective” Michigan Journal of International Law 18: 287- 320. Z FINAL PROOF 211 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
8.8 Type 5: Auxiliary Course Course Title Peace and Social Harmony The below courses are designed as auxiliary courses. Students Course Code SHA 11012 are compelled to fulfill them each year as follows Introduction This course provides a broad survey of the Peace and social harmony in a conflict tone society and theoretical framework of conflict, peace and war. Auxiliary Courses This unit is tried to provide the background Level – 01 knowledge and experiences of Arab Israel, Jammu and Kashmir and Sri Lankan conflict. SHA 11012 Peace & Social Harmony Course Objectives Level – 02 • To provide a general working knowledge of SDA 21022 Statistical Data Analysis for Research Peace and social harmony, conflict and peace Level – 03 • Explain the foundations and underpinnings of integration, Grave, conflict resolution CDA 31032 Career Development • To emphasize the role of civil society and peace movement in the peace building and Social Harmony
Week 1. Introduction to Peace and Social Harmony 2. Religions, Peace and Social Harmony 3. Meaning, Reason and Cost of War 4. Ethnic Conflict 5. Conflict Maps 6. Conflict and Conflict Resolution 7. Mediation: Theory and Case Studies z 212 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
8. Grave and Types of Grave resolution: reflection on ADR as a social 9. Positive and Negative Peace movement , 1993 10. Media, Peace and Harmony 6. Aurbach, Jerold, justices without law, 11. Integration (Regional, National, territorial, university of Michigan press, 1993 ethnic) 7. Azar Edwared, the management of 12. Sri Lankan Conflict and Peace Activities, protracted social conflict: theory and case, 13. Values of Peace and Social Harmony among Grower publication, 1990 the Sri Lankan Society 8. Azar Edwared, john burton , international 14. Features of Social Integration among Sri conflict resolution: theory and practices, Lankan Societies Boulder.Co, 1986 15. Arab Israel Conflict 9. Kumari Jayawathana, Ethnic conflict of 16. Jammu and Kashmir Conflict and Peace Sri Lanka, Ethnic Study centre, Colombo, activities 1996
Prescribed References Course Title Statistical Data Analysis Using SPSS 1. David Baras, Charles Peace and conflict studies, Sage publication 2002 Course Code SDA 21022 2. Frans De wall,peace making among Introduction The course is designed to provide an intensive primates, Cambridge 1989 introduction to the latest version of the Statistical 3. James A Schellennberg, conflict resolution: Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS), now theory, research and practices, state known as Predictive Analytics Software (PASW). university of New York press, 1996 SPSS is user-friendly Windows-based statistical 4. Abel, Richard, the contradiction of informal software and a powerful and versatile tool for data justices, UK academic press, 1982 analysis. 5. Adler, peter, The future of alternative dispute Z FINAL PROOF 213 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
The course combines lecture and hands-on 2.2 Familiarization of keys and icons laboratory sessions. This subject is aimed at 2.3 Opening data files familiarizing students with the potential 2.4 Saving data files applications of this powerful statistical analysis and data management system. The main aim is to Chapter 3. Reading Data (02 Hours) understand the introduction and description of 3.1 Basic structure of an SPSS data file data and to explore the very basic descriptive and inferential statistical analyses possible with SPSS. 3.2 Reading an SPSS data file It assumes some knowledge of the Windows 3.3 Reading data from spread sheet environment. It does not assume much statistical 3.4 Reading data from a text file knowledge. This course explains how to use this 3.5 Saving data program to perform your statistical analysis. Course Objectives Chapter 4. Using the Data Editor (08 Hours) The objectives of the course are; 4.1 Entering numerical data • to understand fundamentals of statistical 4.2 Entering string data data analysis; 4.3 Defining data • work with SPSS for Windows; 4.4 Adding variable labels • use the SPSS Data Editor; 4.5 Changing variable type and format • demonstrate how to analyze data; 4.6 Adding value labels of numeric variables • work with the Output Navigator; 4.7 Adding value labels for string variables Discuss advanced SPSS topics in general format 4.8 Using value labels for data entry Week Chapter 1. Introduction to Statistics & Survey 4.9 Copying and pasting variable attributes Data Analysis 4.10 Defining variables properties for categorical Chapter 2. Introduction to SPSS (02 Hours) variables 2.1 Starting SPSS z 214 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
Chapter 5. Working with Output (06 Hours) • Andy Field (2005), Discovering Statistics 5.1 Editing tables Using SPSS, USA: Sage Publication. 5.2 Changing data display formats • Darren George, Paul Mallery (2006), Spss For Windows Step By Step: A Simple Guide And 5.3 Table looks Reference 9. 0 Update, Pearson A and B 5.4 Pasting results as word tables • Matthew Zagumny (2001), The SPSS Book: 5.5 Exporting results to Microsoft Word, Power A Student Guide to the Statistical Package for Point and Excel files the Social Sciences Chapter 6. Data Transformation (04 Hours) • Vijay Gupta (1999), SPSS for Beginners, Oregon: VJBooks Inc. 6.1 Compute new variables • http://www.spsstools.net/spss.htm 6.2 Count • www.spsstools.net 6.3 Record • www.lynda.com/SPSS-training-tutorials/ Chapter 7. Examining Summary Statistics 1009-0.html (08 Hours) 7.1 Summary measures for categorical data Course Title Career Development 7.2 Charts for categorical data 7.3 Correlation Course Code CDA 31032 7.4 Regression Introduction This is a specialized course designed to impart 7.5 ANOVA basic skills for successful knowledge acquisition and developing effective relationships and Prescribed References attitude. This course will also create awareness • Alan C. Elliott, Wayne A. Woodward (2006), on prevailing trends in the world of work and lay Statistical Analysis Quick Reference the foundation to the students’ understanding of Guidebook: With SPSS Examples, USA: Sage their future roles upon graduation and entering the Publication. world of work. Z FINAL PROOF 215 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Course Objectives fresh graduates; self evaluation of The aim of the course is to provide the participant students’ awareness, attitude and with the practical knowledge and skills of career attributes development and its related issues that will enable 4. Effective study skills and motivated goal- them fit to the world of work directed learning
Week 1. Introduction to Career Development: 5. Personal organization and life management: • Taking Personal Responsibility for self- • Time management development: self-driven and life-long • Achieving the balance between mind, nature of career development; using body and spirit motivated behavior for future success • Current and emerging trends in the local 6. Programming for future success: and overseas job markets graduates • Personal SWOT • Forces driving the new economy ways • Developing a personal vision to capitalize on available opportunities • Goal Setting
2. Making the best of opportunities available to 7. Employability Skills: Understanding important university students within and outside the transferable skills and their relevance to the campus for career development world of work and personal development
3. Effective transition from school to the 8. Effective personality attributes for a university: leadership role: Personality, general, task- • Attitudes needed for success in the related, and cognitive characteristics for university and subsequent world of work effective leadership
• The art of living with others and 9. Emotional intelligence for career developing effective relationships advancement: IQ vs EQ, understanding • Understanding industry expectations for emotions, managing emotions z 216 FINAL PROOF 8 Fieldy of study QQQQ AND LIST OF COMMON UNITS
10. Effective interpersonal communication: The Academy of Management Journal Vol.43, need for effective communication, dealing No. 2, 2000, pp 215-223 with difficult people 3. Fred Luthans Organizational Behavior (2004). th 11. Dealing with conflict: 10 ed. McGraw – hill international edition. • Conflict resolution modes 4. “IT Workers Expect Career Development and Job Satisfaction,” HR Focus, August 1999, • Principled negotiation p.4 • Mediation skills 5. Podsakoff, P.M., Mackenzie, S.B., Moorman, 12. Making effective presentations R.H., & Fetter, R. (1990). Transformational • Persuasive communication leader behaviors and their effects on followers’ trust in leader, satisfaction and • Understanding the role of verbal and organizational citizenship behaviors. non verbal communication Leadership Quarterly, 1(2), 107–142. • Overcoming speech apprehension 6. Timothy A. Judge, Joce E.Bono, and Edwin 13. Preparation of CV and cover letter and A. Locke, “Personality and Job Satisfaction: guidelines to facing job interviews The Mediating Role of Job Characteristics,” Journal of Applied Psychology, Vol.85, No. 2, Prescribed References 2000, pp.237-249 1. Dept for education and skills (2003), “Careers Education and Gudance in England” A National framework. 2. Christiana E. Shalley, Lucy L. Gilson, Terry C. Blum, “Matching Creativity Requirements and the Work Environment: Effects on Satisfaction and Intentions to Leave,” Z FINAL PROOF 217 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
8.9 Type 6: Supportive and Non-credit courses These following courses are pre-requisitie and compulsory for completion of degree. • Arabic for Islamic Studies students • Language Proficenty in Arabic (LPA) for Arabic students • English for Banking for Islamic Banking & Finance students Note: A placement test for LPA will be conducted in the beginning of the semester for Arabic Students of Dept. of Arabic Language. Those who scored 70 marks at the said test would be exempted from LPA courses. z 218 FINAL PROOF 9 Generaly Information
9.1. Student Registration Students who fail to register for the courses during the specified period shall not be allowed to register without the approval of the All students who are admitted to the university are required to Lecturer of relevant course and Head of the department followed register themselves before commencing their course of studies by consultation of the Dean. each academic year. Students are requested to submit duly completed registration form together with all documents requested to the Academic and Examination branch of the 9.3. Issue of Student Record Book and Identity Card university on or before the date specified. On completion of registration, the University will issue every student a Student’s Record Book and an Identity Card bearing 9.2. Subject Registration his / her photograph duly embossed with the seal of the University. 9.2.1 Students who are admitted to the faculty, requested to select courses available in the departments and register Every student shall carry his / her record book or identity card the selected courses for every semester of the every year. whilst in the University premises, and shall produce such record Students are not allowed to change the courses they have book or identity card when called upon to do so by any member selected. Therefore, students are advised to study the of the academic, administrative or security staff of the subject combination of their choices carefully before University. registration within the stipulated period announced by the office of the Dean. Duly filled subject registration form should be submitted at the office of the Dean with the signature of relevant subject teachers and Heads. Z FINAL PROOF 219 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
9.4. Renewal of Registration • No special repeat exam for the student All Students who continue their course of studies during their • Types of courses (Main, Optional , Basket) second and subsequent years are required to renew their • Drop in GPA for only in elective course registration at the commencement of each academic year on or • Elective course are subject to availability in faculty before the date notified. Forms for renewal of registration are • Any changes in details of contents of subjects can be made available at Academic and Examination branch or the done subject to Faculty Board approval. Office of the Dean. The form for renewal duly completed together with Paying in Voucher bearing the bank seal as proof for the payment for renewal of fees prescribed by the University should 9.6. Payments for Registration be submitted to the office of the Dean on or before the closing Details of fee are given below and the payments should be date specified. credited to the South Eastern University of Sri Lanka, Account No. 228 100 190 001 704, People’s Bank, Addalaichenai through 9.5. Basic structure for selecting course of study. the branch of the People’s Bank. • Proficiency in Arabic Language is prerequisite course Payments for Initial Registration for All Students for all students admitted to faculty who are not Mowlavies. Registration Fees: 300/- • Students from both departments i.e. Arabic Language Annual Medical Fees: 100/- and Islamic Studies can select only two courses from Library Deposit: 150/- their discipline Handbook: 100/- • Third subject for student must be within the minor introduced by faculty Those seeking Hostel Accommodation • Any changes in a subject can be within a month of Hostel Deposit: 100/- registration Key Deposit: 200/- • Those who selected specified minor field of studies Hostel Fees (per year): 600/- should be remain in the same category z 220 FINAL PROOF 9 Generaly Information QQQQ
Payments for Renewal of Registration for All Students 9.7.2. English Language Teaching Unit (ELTU) Renewal fees: 150/- English Language Teaching Unit (ELTU) is within the Medical fees: 50/- purview of the Vice Chancellor and it is attached to the Faculty of Arts and Culture (FAC) for its administrative Identity card: 150/- purpose. The ELTU is entrusted with teaching of English Fees for repeat courses (per course): 25/- to the students. The unit offers English Language courses Loss of Identity card (Police Entry): 300/- to the entire university student population to strengthen Loss of Record Book: 100/- their proficiency in English Language.
9.7. Facilities and Services ELTU offers English Language Teaching programs to students to develop their English skills for their own The students have facilities in the campus such as Library, personal and professional development. English is taught Computer unit, Student Counselor’s office, Proctor’s office, from elementary to upper intermediate levels with a strong Career Guidance Centre, Health Centre, Study room, Reading emphasis on preparing students for university study. room, Places of worship, Multi shop, Co-op City, Sporting English for Academic Purposes to the students of Science facilities, Canteen, Bank, Students’ Unions, Societies, Hostels, faculty is also taught. Conducting Intensive Course in Warden’s and Sub Warden’s office, Students’ Welfare Office, English for all the new entrants is also one of its major Shroff’s Office etc. Officers can be met by prior appointment. roles.
9.7.1. Computer Unit 9.7.3. University Libraries and Museum Computer Unit is attached to the Faculty of Arts and The pivotal role of the Main Library is of academic nature Culture. This unit offers various courses in Information as it is to serves the students and faculty members of this Technology in all semesters of the study programme and University to achieve the standard of excellence in their conduct Intensive Course in ICT for all the new entrants to academic programmes. The Science Library at strengthen the knowledge of Information Technology of the Sammanthurai Campus serves the needs of the Faculty of students. Applied Sciences. Z FINAL PROOF 221 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
special feature of having a Centre for Physically Challenged to facilitate the users with special needs. The Cultural Museum is an integral part of the Library, established in 1997. It is a kind of “General Museum”, depicting the heritage of Sri Lankan community viz Sinhalese, Tamils and Muslims. It stands to serve the public with the exhibition of artifacts and manuscripts to glorify the monumental heritage of the communities in Sri Lanka. This Museum foster cultural awareness and cross cultural understanding among the different communities of Sri Lanka.
9.7.4. Student Support Service and Welfare System The Student Support Service and Welfare System (SSS&WS) is a central entity to which the students and The collections and services of the library are designed to others could bring their grievances and issues and seek match the needs that range from basic support of the solutions and reliefs. Similarly, it oversees the coordination curriculum to the advanced research requirements of and cohesion among several service divisions and units to clienteles. The Library delivers customer focused quality ensure smooth functioning of the system, to remedy information products, services and programmes, creatively shortcomings and deficiencies, and to extend assistance for adjusts to changing information needs and innovatively the students in need. responds to new challenges at national & international SSS&WS encompasses six broader areas, namely Student level. services, Student accommodation and cafeteria services, Digital Knowledge Center, and an American Corner are Common amenities and services such as recreational and unique facilities of the Main Library and the Library has a sports facilities, curative and preventive health care z 222 FINAL PROOF QQQQ
Z223 General Information General y 9 PROOF FINAL services and facilities for social, cultural, creative and creative social, cultural, and facilities for services redress and grievance pursuits, Student welfare, aesthetic with university that will coordinate system counseling counseling system, student and faculty level authorities Security and Marshal and Services, Career Guidance services. will entertain any complaints/ problems/ Further, SSS&WS as regard to food and lodging and from students grievances and health matters etc., and provides financial, education students in liaison with relevant assistance to needy divisions / units. 9.7.5. Unit Career Guidance Career Guidance As part of educational reform proposals, 1998; practically has been identified as a priority since regard. has started some activities in this university every career related Career Guidance Unit at SEUSL conducts counseling and programmes in the following focal areas: enhancement, skills advising on careers, employability the with networking career-related information provision, experience, graduate placement, work industries, availing conducting and entrepreneurship skills development festivals, exhibitions, seminars, conferences, workshops, etc. career fairs, out bound training, industry days, 10 Examinationsy RULES AND PUNISHMENTS
10.1. By-Law No. 2 of 1996 for Conduct at any other object that is permitted to be brought to the Examinations examination hall. Any notes, signs, diagrams of formula or any other unauthorized materials, books, notes, Prepared under section 135 of the Universities Act No. parcels, file covers, bags etc. which the candidate has 16 of 1978 as amended by the Universities Amendment brought with him should be kept at a place indicated by Act No. 7 of 1985 and approved by the University Council the Supervisor or invigilator. on 24.08.1996. No candidate shall be admitted to the examination hall This By-Law may be cited as By-Law No. 2 and shall after the expiry of half an hour from the commencement come into force on 15th July, 1996. of the examination nor shall a candidate be allowed to leave the hall until half an hour has elapsed from the Rules pertaining to the Conduct of Examinations: commencement of the examination or during the last 15 minutes of the paper. Candidates shall be present at the Examination Hall at least 15 minutes before the commencement of each A candidate shall bring into the examination hall his paper and shall enter the Hall only when they are Student Record Book or his University Identity Card requested to do so by the Supervisor. which should bear the candidate’s photography and his signature duly certified by the Registrar or the Authorized On the admission to the Examination Hall, the candidates officer. If there is a discrepancy between the names shall occupy the seats allocated to them. indicated in the Record book or the Identity Card and the name under which the candidate appears for the No candidate shall have in his person or in his clothes or examination the candidate shall produce a certificate
z on the admission card, time table and record book or on 224 FINAL PROOF 10 Examinationsy QQQQ endorsed by the Registrar to the effect that both names Every candidate shall enter his / her Index Number on the refer to one and the same person. In the absence of the answer book and every continuation sheet, before using above proof of identity a candidate may produce his or such answer book or continuation sheet. No candidate her National Identity Card or a recently taken shall write his/her name or any identifying mark on the photography duly certified by an authorized person. answer script. Any candidate who inserts on his script an Index Number other than his / her own is liable to be A candidate may be requested by the Supervisor to regarded as having attempted to cheat. declare any items in his or her possession or person. All calculations and rough work shall be done only on No candidate can either lend or borrow any material from paper supplied for the examination and shall be cancelled any other candidate or attempt to communicate in any and attached to the answer script. Such work should not manner with another candidate or copy from the script be done on admission cards, time table, question papers, of any other candidate. No candidate shall attempt to help record books or on any other paper. Any candidate who another candidate or conduct him / her negligently so that disregards these instructions runs the risk of being another candidate has the opportunity of copying. considered as having written notes or outline of answers Candidates shall write only on the writing paper issued with intention of copying. during the current paper on that particular date and Every candidate shall conduct himself/herself in the session. examination hall and its precincts so as not to cause Examination stationary (i.e. writing paper, graph paper, disturbance or inconvenience to the Supervisor or his drawing paper, ledger paper, precise paper etc.) will be staff or to other candidates. In entering and leaving the supplied as and when necessary. No sheet of paper or hall, he/she shall conduct himself/herself as quietly as answer book supplied to a candidate may be torn, possible. A candidate is liable to be excluded from the crumpled, folded or otherwise mutilated. No papers other examination hall for disorderly conduct. than those supplied to him / her by the Supervisor / invigilator shall be used by candidates. Log tables or any No candidate shall submit a practical or field book other material provided shall be used with care and left dissertation or project study or answer script which has behind on the desk. All materials supplied, whether used been done wholly or partly by anyone other than the or unused, shall be left behind on the desk and not candidate himself / herself. removed from the examination halls. Z FINAL PROOF 225 UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
Candidates shall bring their own pens, ink, mathematical r Aiding and abetting in the commission of these instruments, drawing instruments, erasers, pencils and offences. calculator. No candidate shall bring a programmable calculator into the examination. 10.2. Procedure for inquiry and determination of No person shall impersonate a candidate at the punishment due to those found guilty of examination nor shall any candidate allow himself / examination offences: herself to be so impersonated by another person. Examination offences shall be reported by the supervisor of the The supervisor/invigilator is empowered to require any examination to senior assistant registrar of the examinations. This candidate to make a statement in writing on any matter will be inquired by the Examination Offences Committee which may have arisen during the course of the appointed by the Vice Chancellor. The findings of this Committee examination and such statement shall be signed by the will be reported to the Senate. The Senate shall after candidate. No candidate shall refuse to make such a consideration of the report, determine the punishments due to statement or to sign it. those found guilty of the examination offences.
The foregoing examination offences may be broadly 10.3. Punishments for Examination Offences: classified as follows: r Possession of unauthorized documents and removal Type of Offences Recommended Punishments of examination stationary. 1. Name written on Written warning r Disorderly conduct of a grave nature. Answer Scripts r Copying. 2. Possession of bag etc. Written warning r Attempting to obtain or obtaining improper assistance on or near desk or cheating. 3. Possession of Students will not be allowed to r Impersonation. unauthorized bring any electronic devices that materials can save/posses information or be used to get/transfer information. z 226 FINAL PROOF QQQQ
Z227 Examinations y Second year subjects, then all the exam papers come under admission card A will be cancelled. guilty while sitting for a First year subjects, than all the exam papers come under admission card B will be cancelled. 10 - If this student is found Written warning for first offence. warning Written Cancellation of that particular paper and any other punishments recommended by the Senate Note: there may be cases a Second year student may write the First year subjects under two admission cards. (One for repeat subjects and other for the proper due to some reasons). Here also same rules said above be applied considering two different admission cards. notes. Subjects based to but not relevant specific examination paper found on/ beside desk. unauthorized formulae etc. which are not relevant f. lecture University of g. Possession PROOF guilty while sitting for a that particular exam paper falls that particular exam implies will be cancelled. This and that the particular paper all the other exam paper/s mentioned in the given admission with this particular paper will be cancelled. eligible for class awarding. papers will be considered as repeat papers in future. recommended by the Senate - If this student is found Eg. Let a student sit for Second Cancellation of that particular paper of that particular Cancellation punishments and any other by the Senate recommended while sitting for a found Whenever particular paper, a. admission card on which The b. This candidate will not be c. exam These all cancelled d. And any other punishments year First Semester proper subject under an admission card A and few First year First semester repeat subjects under admission card B. FINAL devices in the devices in hall Examination material on relevant stationary university and/ or on/in the human body and/or any other display material Subject relevant or near desk relevant to examination paper unauthorized formulae etc. which are relevant b. Possession of c. material to Relevant d. bags Notes found in e. Possession of a. Use any information UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA)
4. Copying at examination Whenever found while sitting for a action. If the student in final (Refer conducting particular paper, year, debarment period examination in depends on duration on together) a. The admission card on which that particular paper falls will completion of degree be cancelled. This implies that program. the particular paper and all the b. The admission card on which other paper/s mentioned in the that particular paper falls will given admission with this be cancelled. This implies that particular paper will be cancelled. the particular paper and all the other paper/s mentioned in the b. This candidate will not be given admission with this eligible for class awarding. particular paper will be c. These all cancelled papers will cancelled. be considered as repeat c. This candidate will not be papers in future. eligible for class awarding. d. And any other punishments recommended by the Senate d. These all cancelled papers will be considered as repeat 5. Disruption of Written warning. If the candidate papers in future. examination repeated any other punishments (Misconduct) recommended by the Senate e. And any other punishments recommended by the Senate
6. Impersonation - Whenever found while sitting - If by an outsider, prosecution for a particular paper and if it to be initiated and any other is by a student punishments recommended by a. Debarment for two years and the Senate to be referred to disciplinary z 228 FINAL PROOF QQQQ
Z229 Examinations y 10 Cancellation of paper and any other of paper and any Cancellation the recommended by punishments Senate the supervisor. by Warning Verbal written If the candidate persists and any by the supervisor warning other punishments recommended by the Senate Examination Supervisor has to report to the Senate Sub Examination Supervisor has to report Committee. to the Disciplinary Senate Sub Committee has to report Committee for the action. be done based on Minor changes in detailed syllabi can of the Faculty Board previous experience with approval improper assistance Instructions of the Supervisor at the examination hall • • • 10. to obtain Attempt 11. Not carrying out the The Examination Offence committee has the right to recommend The Examination Offence offences to the senate for the reported any other punishments in the type of offences above. which are not mentioned will be from 09th march 2010. date of this regulation The effective How to implement: PROOF that particular paper falls will that particular paper that be cancelled. This implies and all the particular paper the other paper/s mentioned admission with in the given will be this particular paper cancelled. eligible for class awarding. will be considered as repeat papers in future. recommended by the Senate Assign zero marks and written Assign zero warning punishments And any other by the Senate recommended for a found while sitting Whenever particular paper, a. admission card on which The b. This candidate will not be c. papers These all cancelled d. And any other punishments If the by the supervisor. Warning candidate persists or any other punishments recommended by the Senate FINAL stationary and materials project work 9. of University Removal 8. Aiding and abetting 7. Copying an assignment, UNDERGRADUATE’S GUIDE RRRR Academic year 2011/2012 THE FACULTY OF ISLAMIC STUDIES AND ARABIC LANGUAGE (FIA) z 230 FINAL PROOF